1938 ed. 1.1.1
athāto vedotpattim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||1||
1938 ed. 1.1.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||2||
1938 ed. 1.1.3
atha khalu bhagavantam amaravaram ṛṣigaṇaparivṛtam āśramasthaṃ
kāśirājaṃ divodāsaṃ dhanvantarim aupadhenava vaitaraṇaurabhra pauṣkalāvata karavīrya(ra) gopurarakṣita suśruta prabhṛtaya ūcuḥ ||3||
1938 ed. 1.1.4
bhagavan śārīramānasāgantubhir vyādhibhir
vividhavedanābhighātopadrutān sanāthān apy anāthavad viceṣṭamānān
vikrośataś ca mānavān abhisamīkṣya manasi naḥ pīḍā bhavati,
1938 ed. 1.1.4b
teṣāṃ sukhaiṣiṇāṃ rogopaśamārtham ātmanaś ca prāṇayātrārthaṃ
prajāhitahetor āyurvedaṃ śrotum icchāma ihopadiśyamānam,
atrāyattam aihikam āmuṣmikaṃ ca śreyaḥ; tadbhagavantam upapannāḥ
smaḥ śiṣyatveneti ||4||
1938 ed. 1.1.5
tān uvāca bhagavān- svāgataṃ vaḥ; sarva evāmīmāṃsyā adhyāpyāś ca
bhavanto vatsāḥ ||5||
1938 ed. 1.1.6
iha khalv āyurvedaṃ nāmopāṅgam atharvavedasyānutpādyaiva prajāḥ
ślokaśatasahasram adhyāyasahasraṃ ca kṛtavān svayambhūḥ, tato
'lpāyuṣṭvam alpamedhastvaṃ cālokya narāṇāṃ bhūyo 'ṣṭadhā
praṇītavān ||6||
1938 ed. 1.1.7
tad yathā śalyaṃ, śālākyaṃ, kāyacikitsā, bhūtavidyā,
kaumārabhṛtyam, agadatantraṃ, rasāyanatantraṃ, vājīkaraṇatantram
iti ||7||
1938 ed. 1.1.8.1
athāsya pratyaṅgalakṣaṇasamāsaḥ |8|
1938 ed. 1.1.8.1a
tatra, śalyaṃ nāma
vividhatṛṇakāṣṭhapāṣāṇapāṃśulohaloṣṭāsthibālanakhapūyāsrāvaduṣṭavraṇāntargarbhaśalyoddharaṇārthaṃ
, yantraśastrakṣārāgnipraṇidhānavraṇaviniścayārthaṃ ca (1) |8|
1938 ed. 1.1.8.2
śālākyaṃ nāmordhvajatrugatānāṃ
śravaṇanayanavadanaghrāṇādisaṃśritānāṃ vyādhīnām upaśamanārtham
(2) |8|
1938 ed. 1.1.8.3
kāyacikitsā nāma sarvāṅgasaṃśritānāṃ vyādhīnāṃ
jvararaktapittaśoṣonmādāpasmārakuṣṭhamehātisārādīnām
upaśamanārtham (3) |8|
1938 ed. 1.1.8.4
bhūtavidyā nāma
devāsuragandharvayakṣarakṣaḥpitṛpiśācanāgagrahādyupasṛṣṭacetasāṃ
śāntikarmabaliharaṇādigrahopaśamanārtham (4) |8|
1938 ed. 1.1.8.5
kaumārabhṛtyaṃ nāma kumārabharaṇadhātrīkṣīradoṣasaṃśodhanārthaṃ
duṣṭastanyagrahasamutthānāṃ ca vyādhīnām upaśamanārtham (5)
|8|
1938 ed. 1.1.8.6
agadatantraṃ nāma sarpakīṭalūtāmūṣakādidaṣṭaviṣavyañjanārthaṃ
vividhaviṣasaṃyogopaśamanārthaṃ ca (6) |8|
1938 ed. 1.1.8.7
rasāyanatantraṃ nāma vayaḥsthāpanamāyurmedhābalakaraṃ
rogāpaharaṇasamarthaṃ ca (7) |8|
1938 ed. 1.1.8.8
vājīkaraṇatantraṃ nāmālpaduṣṭakṣīṇaviśuṣkaretasām
āpyāyanaprasādopacayajanananimittaṃ praharṣajananārthaṃ ca (8)
||8||
1938 ed. 1.1.9
evam ayam āyurvedo 'ṣṭāṅga upadiśyate; atra kasmai kim ucyatām
iti ||9||
1938 ed. 1.1.10
ta ūcuḥ- asmākaṃ sarveṣām eva śalyajñānaṃ mūlaṃ kṛtvopadiśatu
bhagavāniti ||10||
1938 ed. 1.1.11
sa uvācaivam astv iti ||11||
1938 ed. 1.1.12
ta ūcur bhūyo 'pi bhagavantam asmākam ekamatīnāṃ matam
abhisamīkṣya suśruto bhagavantaṃ prakṣyati, asmai copadiśyamānaṃ
vayam apy upadhārayiṣyāmaḥ ||12||
1938 ed. 1.1.13
sa uvācaivam astv iti ||13||
1938 ed. 1.1.14
vatsa suśruta! iha khalv āyurvedaprayojanaṃ vyādhyupasṛṣṭānāṃ
vyādhiparimokṣaḥ, svasthasya rakṣaṇaṃ ca ||14||
1938 ed. 1.1.15
‘āyur asmin vidyate, anena vā''yur vindanti’ ity āyurvedaḥ
||15||
1938 ed. 1.1.16
tasyāṅgavaramādyaṃ pratyakṣāgamānumānopamānair aviruddham
ucyamānam upadhāraya ||16||
1938 ed. 1.1.17
etad dhy aṅgaṃ prathamaṃ, prāgabhighātavraṇasaṃrohād
yajñaśiraḥsandhānāc ca | śrūyate hi yathā --- “rudreṇa yajñasya
śiraś chinnam iti, tato devā aśvināvabhigamyocuḥ- bhagavantau naḥ
śreṣṭhatamau yuvāṃ bhaviṣyathaḥ, bhavadbhyāṃ yajñasya śiraḥ
sandhātavyam iti | tāv ūcatur evam astv iti | atha tayor arthe
devā indraṃ yajñabhāgena prāsādayan | tābhyāṃ yajñasya śiraḥ
saṃhitam” iti ||17||
1938 ed. 1.1.18
aṣṭāsvapi cāyurvedatantreṣvetadevādhikamabhimatam,
āśukriyākaraṇādyantraśastrakṣārāgnipraṇidhānāt sarvatantrasāmānyāc
ca ||18||
1938 ed. 1.1.19
tad idaṃ śāśvataṃ puṇyaṃ svargyaṃ yaśasyam āyuṣyaṃ vṛttikaraṃ
ceti ||19||
1938 ed. 1.1.20
brahmā provāca tataḥ prajāpatir adhijage, tasmād aśvinau,
aśvibhyām indraḥ, indrād ahaṃ, mayā tv iha pradeyam arthibhyaḥ
prajāhitahetoḥ ||20||
1938 ed. 1.1.21
bhavati cātra ahaṃ hi dhanvantarir ādidevo jarārujāmṛtyuharo
'marāṇām |
śalyāṅgam aṅgair aparair upetaṃ prāpto 'smi gāṃ bhūya ihopadeṣṭum
||21||
1938 ed. 1.1.22
asmiñchāstre pañcamahābhūtaśarīrisamavāyaḥ puruṣa ity ucyate |
tasmin kriyā, so 'dhiṣṭhānaṃ; kasmāt? lokasya dvaividhyāta ; loko
hi dvividhaḥ sthāvaro jaṅgamaśca; dvividhātmaka evāgneyaḥ,
saumyaśca, tadbhūyastvāt ; pañcātmako vā; tatra caturvidho
bhūtagrāmaḥ saṃsvedajajarāyujāṇḍajodbhijjasañjñaḥ ; tatra puruṣaḥ
pradhānaṃ, tasyopakaraṇamanyat; tasmāt puruṣo 'dhiṣṭhānam ||22||
1938 ed. 1.1.23
tad duḥkhasaṃyogā vyādhaya ucyante ||23||
1938 ed. 1.1.24
te caturvidhāḥ- āgantavaḥ, śārīrāḥ, mānasāḥ, svābhāvikāśceti
||24||
1938 ed. 1.1.25.1
teṣāṃ āgantavo 'bhighātanimittāḥ
1938 ed. 1.1.25.1
śārīrās tv annapānamūlā
vātapittakaphaśoṇitasannipātavaiṣamyanimittāḥ
1938 ed. 1.1.25.3
mānasās tu
krodhaśokabhayaharṣaviṣāderṣyābhyasūyādainyamātsaryakāmalobhaprabhṛtaya
icchādveṣabhedair bhavanti
1938 ed. 1.1.25.4
svābhāvikās tu kṣutpipāsājarāmṛtyunidrāprakṛ(bhṛ)tayaḥ ||25||
1938 ed. 1.1.26
ta ete manaḥśarīrādhiṣṭhānāḥ ||26||
1938 ed. 1.1.27
teṣāṃ saṃśodhanasaṃśamanāhārācārāḥ samyak prayuktā nigrahahetavaḥ
||27||
1938 ed. 1.1.28
prāṇināṃ punar mūlam āhāro balavarṇaujasāṃ ca | sa ṣaṭsu raseṣv
āyattaḥ; rasāḥ punar dravyāśrayāḥ; dravyāṇi punar oṣadhayaḥ | tās
tu dvividhāḥ- sthāvarā jaṅgamāś ca ||28||
1938 ed. 1.1.29
tāsāṃ sthāvarāś caturvidhāḥ- vanaspatayo, vṛkṣā, vīrudha,
oṣadhaya iti | tāsu, apuṣpāḥ phalavanto vanaspatayaḥ,
puṣpaphalavanto vṛkṣāḥ, pratānavatyaḥ stambinyaś ca vīrudhaḥ,
phalapākaniṣṭhā oṣadhaya iti ||29||
1938 ed. 1.1.30
jaṅgamā khalv api caturvidhāḥ jarāyujāṇḍajasvedajodbhijjāḥ |
tatra paśumanuṣyavyālādayo jarāyujāḥ, khagasarpasarīsṛpaprabhṛtayo
'ṇḍajāḥ, kṛmikīṭapipīlikāprabhṛtayaḥ svedajāḥ,
indragopamaṇḍūkaprabhṛtaya udbhijjāḥ ||30||
1938 ed. 1.1.31
tatra sthāvarebhyas
tvakpatrapuṣpaphalamūlakandaniryāsasvarasādayaḥ prayojanavantaḥ;
jaṅgamebhyaś carmanakharomarudhirādayaḥ ||31||
1938 ed. 1.1.32
pārthivāḥ suvarṇarajatamaṇimuktāmanaḥśilāmṛtkapālādayaḥ ||32||
1938 ed. 1.1.33
kālakṛtāḥ
pravātanivātātapacchāyājyotsnātamaḥśītoṣṇavarṣāhorātrapakṣamāsartvayanādayaḥ
saṃvatsaraviśeṣāḥ ||33||
1938 ed. 1.1.34
ta ete svabhāvata eva doṣāṇāṃ
sañcayaprakopapraśamapratīkārahetavaḥ prayojanavantaś ca ||34||
1938 ed. 1.1.35
bhavanti cātra ślokāḥ-
śārīrāṇāṃ vikārāṇām eṣa vargaś caturvidhaḥ |
prakope praśame caiva hetur uktaścikitsakaiḥ ||35||
1938 ed. 1.1.36
āgantavas tu ye rogās te dvidhā nipatanti hi |
manasy anye śarīre 'nye teṣāṃ tu dvividhā kriyā ||36||
1938 ed. 1.1.37
śarīrapatitānāṃ tu śārīravadupakramaḥ |
mānasānāṃ tu śabdādiriṣṭo vargaḥ sukhāvahaḥ ||37||
1938 ed. 1.1.38
evam etat puruṣo vyādhir auṣadhaṃ kriyā kāla iti catuṣṭayaṃ
samāsena vyākhyātam | tatra puruṣagrahaṇāt tatsambhavadravyasamūho
bhūtādir uktas tadaṅgapratyaṅgavikalpāś ca
tvaṅmāṃsāsthisirāsnāyuprabhṛtayaḥ, vyādhigrahaṇād
vātapittakaphaśoṇitasannipātavaiṣamyanimittāḥ sarva eva vyādhayo
vyākhyātāḥ, auṣadhagrahaṇāddravyarasaguṇavīryavipākānāmādeśaḥ,
kriyāgrahaṇāt snehādīni cchedyādīni ca karmāṇi vyākhyātāni,
kālagrahaṇāt sarvakriyākālānāmādeśaḥ ||38||
1938 ed. 1.1.39
bhavati cātra
bījaṃ cikitsitasyaitatsamāsena prakīrtitam |
saviṃśamadhyāyaśatamasya vyākhyā bhaviṣyati ||39||
1938 ed. 1.1.40
tac ca saviṃśam adhyāyaśataṃ pañcasu sthāneṣu | tatra
sūtranidānaśārīracikitsitakalpeṣv arthavaśāt saṃvibhajyottare
tantre śeṣān arthān vakṣyāmaḥ ||40||
1938 ed. 1.1.41
bhavati cātra
svayambhuvā proktam idaṃ sanātanaṃ
paṭhed dhi yaḥ kāśipatiprakāśitam |
sa puṇyakarmā bhuvi pūjito nṛpair
asukṣaye śakrasalokatāṃ vrajet ||41||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne
vedotpattir nāma prathamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||1||
[dvitīyo 'dhyāyaḥ|]
1938 ed. 1.2.1
athātaḥ śiṣyopanayanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.2.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.2.3
brāhmaṇakṣatriyavaiśyānām
anyatamamanvayavayaḥśīlaśauryaśaucācāravinayaśaktibalamedhādhṛtismṛtimatipratipattiyuktaṃ
tanujihvauṣṭhadantāgramṛjuvaktrākṣināsaṃ prasannacittavākceṣṭaṃ
kleśasahaṃ ca bhiṣak śiṣyam upanayet | ato viparītaguṇaṃ nopanayet
||3||
1938 ed. 1.2.4
upanayanīyaṃ tu brāhmaṇaṃ praśasteṣu tithikaraṇamuhūrtanakṣatreṣu
praśastāyāṃ diśi śucau same deśe caturhastaṃ caturasraṃ sthaṇḍilam
upalipya gomayena, darbhaiḥ saṃstīrya ratnapuṣpalājabhaktair
devatāḥ pūjayitvā viprān bhiṣajaś ca, tatrollikhyābhyukṣya ca
dakṣiṇato brahmāṇaṃ sthāpayitvā'gnim upasamādhāya,
khadirapalāśadevadārubilvānāṃ samidbhiścaturṇāṃ vā kṣīrivṛkṣāṇāṃ
(nyagrodhodumbarāśvatthamadhūkānāṃ) dadhimadhughṛtāktābhir
dārvīhaumikena vidhinā sapraṇavābhir mahāvyāhṛtibhiḥ
sruveṇājyāhutīr juhuyāt, tataḥ pratidaivatamṛṣīṃś ca svāhākāraṃ
kuryāt , śiṣyam api kārayet ||4||
1938 ed. 1.2.5
brāhmaṇas trayāṇāṃ varṇānām upanayanaṃ kartumarhati, (rājanyo
dvayasya, vaiśyo vaiśyasyaiveti;) śūdramapi kulaguṇasampannaṃ
mantravarjamanupanītamadhyāpayed ity eke ||5||
1938 ed. 1.2.6
tato 'gniṃ triḥ pariṇīyāgnisākṣikaṃ śiṣyaṃ brūyāt-
kāmakrodhalobhamohamānāhaṅkārerṣyāpāruṣyapaiśunyānṛtālasyāyaśasyāni
hitvā, nīcanakharomṇā śucinā kaṣāyavāsasā
satyavratabrahmacaryābhivādanatatpareṇāvaśyaṃ bhavitavyaṃ,
madanumatasthānagamanaśayanāsanabhojanādhyayanapareṇa bhūtvā
matpriyahiteṣu vartitavyam; ato 'nyathā te vartamānasyādharmo
bhavati, aphalā ca vidyā, na ca prākāśyaṃ prāpnoti ||6||
1938 ed. 1.2.7
ahaṃ vā tvayi samyagvartamāne yady anyathādarśī syām enobhāg
bhaveyam aphalavidyaś ca ||7||
1938 ed. 1.2.8
dvijagurudaridramitrapravrajitopanatasādhvanāthābhyupagatānāṃ
cātmabāndhavānām iva svabhaiṣajaiḥ pratikartavyam, evaṃ sādhu
bhavati; vyādhaśākunikapatitapāpakāriṇāṃ ca na pratikartavyam;
evaṃ vidyā prakāśate mitra yaśo dharmārtha kāmāṃś ca prāpnoti ||8||
1938 ed. 1.2.9
bhavataś cātra
kṛṣṇe 'ṣṭamī tannidhane 'hanī dve
śukle tathā'pyevamahardvisandhyam |
akālavidyutstanayitnughoṣe
svatantrarāṣṭrakṣitipavyathāsu ||9||
1938 ed. 1.2.10
śmaśānayānādyatanāhaveṣu
mahotsavautpātikadarśaneṣu |
nādhyeyamanyeṣu ca yeṣu viprā
nādhīyate nāśucinā ca nityam ||10||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne
śiṣyopanayanīyo nāma dvitīyo 'dhyāyaḥ ||2||
tṛtīyo 'dhyāyaḥ |
1938 ed. 1.3.1
athāto 'dhyayanasaṃpradānīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.3.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.3.3
prāgabhihitaṃ saviṃśam adhyāyaśataṃ pañcasu sthāneṣu | tatra
sūtrasthānamadhyāyāḥ ṣaṭcatvāriṃśat, ṣoḍaśa nidānāni, daśa
śārīrāṇi, catvāriṃśaccikitsitāni, aṣṭau kalpāḥ, taduttaraṃ
ṣaṭṣaṣṭiḥ ||3||
1938 ed. 1.3.4
vedotpattiḥ śiṣyanayas tathā'dhyayanadānikaḥ |
prabhāṣaṇāgraharaṇāvṛtucaryā'tha yāntrikaḥ ||4||
1938 ed. 1.3.5
śastrāvacāraṇaṃ yogyā viśikhā kṣārakalpanam |
agnikarma jalaukākhyo hy adhyāyo raktavarṇanam ||5||
1938 ed. 1.3.6
doṣadhātumalādyānāṃ vijñānādhyāya eva ca |
karṇavyadhāmapakvaiṣāvālepo vraṇyupāsanam ||6||
1938 ed. 1.3.7
hitāhito vraṇapraśno vraṇāsrāvaś ca yaḥ pṛthak |
kṛtyākṛtyavidhirvyādhisamuddeśīya eva ca ||7||
1938 ed. 1.3.8
viniścayaḥ śastravidhau pranaṣṭajñānikas tathā |
śalyoddhṛtirvraṇajñānaṃ dūtasvapnanidarśanam ||8||
1938 ed. 1.3.9
pañcendriyaṃ tathā chāyā svabhāvādvaikṛtaṃ tathā |
avāraṇo yuktasenīya āturakramabhūmikau ||9||
1938 ed. 1.3.10
miśrakākhyo dravyagaṇaḥ saṃśuddhau śamane ca yaḥ |
dravyādīnāṃ ca vijñānaṃ viśeṣo dravyago 'paraḥ ||10||
1938 ed. 1.3.11
rasajñānaṃ vamanārthamadhyāyo recanāya ca |
dravadravyavidhistadvadannapānavidhis tathā ||11||
1938 ed. 1.3.12
sūcanāt sūtraṇāccaiva savanāccārthasantateḥ |
ṣaṭcatvāriṃśadadhyāyaṃ sūtrasthānaṃ pracakṣate ||12||
1938 ed. 1.3.13
vātavyādhikamarśāṃsi sāśmariś ca bhagandaraḥ |
kuṣṭhamehodaraṃ mūḍho vidradhiḥ parisarpaṇam ||13||
1938 ed. 1.3.14
granthivṛddhikṣudraśūkabhagnāś ca mukharogikam |
hetulakṣaṇanirdeśānnidānānīti ṣoḍaśa ||14||
1938 ed. 1.3.15
bhūtacintā rajaḥśuddhirgarbhāvakrāntireva ca |
vyākaraṇaṃ ca garbhasya śarīrasya ca yatsmṛtam ||15||
1938 ed. 1.3.16
pratyekaṃ marmanirdeśaḥ sirāvarṇanam eva ca |
sirāvyadho dhamanīnāṃ garbhiṇyā vyākṛtis tathā ||16||
1938 ed. 1.3.17
nirdiṣṭāni daśaitāni śārīrāṇi maharṣiṇā |
vijñānārthaṃ śarīrasya bhiṣajāṃ yoginām api ||17||
1938 ed. 1.3.18
dvivraṇīyo vraṇaḥ sadyo bhagnānāṃ vātarogikam |
mahāvātikamarśāṃsi sāśmariś ca bhagandaraḥ ||18||
1938 ed. 1.3.19
kuṣṭhānāṃ mahatāṃ cāpi maihikaṃ paiḍikaṃ tathā |
madhumehacikitsā ca tathā codariṇām api ||19||
1938 ed. 1.3.20
mūḍhagarbhacikitsā ca vidradhīnāṃ visarpiṇām |
granthivṛddhyupadaṃśānāṃ tathā ca kṣudrarogiṇām ||20||
1938 ed. 1.3.21
śūkadoṣacikitsā ca tathā ca mukharogiṇām |
śophasyānāgatānāṃ ca niṣedho miśrakaṃ tathā ||21||
1938 ed. 1.3.22
vājīkaraṃ ca yat kṣīṇe sarvābādhaśamo 'pi ca |
medhāyuṣkaraṇaṃ cāpi svabhāvavyādhivāraṇam ||22||
1938 ed. 1.3.23
nivṛttasantāpakaraṃ kīrtitaṃ ca rasāyanam |
snehopayaugikaḥ svedo vamane savirecane ||23||
1938 ed. 1.3.24
tayor vyāpaccikitsā ca netrabastivibhāgikaḥ |
netrabastivipatsiddhis tathā cottarabastikaḥ ||24||
1938 ed. 1.3.25
nirūhakramasañjñaś ca tathaivāturasañjñakaḥ |
dhūmanasyavidhiś cāntyaścatvāriṃśaditi smṛtāḥ ||25||
1938 ed. 1.3.26
prāyaścittaṃ praśamanaṃ cikitsā śāntikarma ca |
paryāyās tasya nirdeśāccikitsāsthānamucyate ||26||
1938 ed. 1.3.27
annasya rakṣā vijñānaṃ sthāvarasyetarasya ca |
sarpadaṣṭaviṣajñānaṃ tasyaiva ca cikitsitam ||27||
1938 ed. 1.3.28
dundubhermūṣikāṇāṃ ca kīṭānāṃ kalpa eva ca |
aṣṭau kalpāḥ samākhyātā viṣabheṣajakalpanāt ||28||
1938 ed. 1.3.29
adhyāyānāṃ śataṃ viṃśamevam etad udīritam
ataḥ paraṃ svanāmnaiva tantram uttaram ucyate ||29||
1938 ed. 1.3.30
adhikṛtya kṛtaṃ yasmāttantrametadupadravān |
aupadravika ity eṣa tasyāgryatvānnirucyate ||30||
1938 ed. 1.3.31
sandhau vartmani śukle ca kṛṣṇe sarvatra dṛṣṭiṣu |
saṃvijñānārthamadhyāyā gadānāṃ tu prati prati ||31||
1938 ed. 1.3.32
cikitsāpravibhāgīyo vātābhiṣyandavāraṇaḥ |
paittasya ślaiṣmikasyāpi raudhirasya tathaiva ca ||32||
1938 ed. 1.3.33
lekhyabhedyaniṣedhau ca chedyānāṃ vartmadṛṣṭiṣu |
kriyākalpo 'bhighātaś ca karṇotthāstaccikitsitam ||33||
1938 ed. 1.3.34
ghrāṇotthānāṃ ca vijñānaṃ tadgadapratiṣedhanam |
pratiśyāyaniṣedhaś ca śirogadavivecanam ||35||
1938 ed. 1.3.35
cikitsā tadgadānāṃ ca śālākyaṃ tantram ucyate |35|
navagrahākṛtijñānaṃ skandasya ca niṣedhanam ||35||
1938 ed. 1.3.36
apasmāraśakunyoś ca revatyāś ca punaḥ pṛthak |
pūtanāyās tathā'ndhāyāḥ śītapūtanamaṇḍikā ||36||
1938 ed. 1.3.37
naigameṣacikitsā ca grahotpattiḥ sayonijā |
kumāratantram ity etac chārīreṣu ca kīrtitam ||37||
1938 ed. 1.3.38
jvarātisāraśoṣāṇāṃ gulmahṛdrogiṇām api |
pāṇḍūnāṃ raktapittasya mūrcchāyāḥ pānajāś ca ye ||38||
1938 ed. 1.3.39
tṛṣṇāyāś chardihikkānāṃ niṣedhaḥ śvāsakāsayoḥ |
svarabhedacikitsā ca kṛmyudāvartinoḥ pṛthak ||39||
1938 ed. 1.3.40
visūcikārocakayor mūtrāghātavikṛcchrayoḥ |
iti kāyacikitsāyāḥ śeṣam atra prakīrtitam ||40||
1938 ed. 1.3.41
amānuṣaniṣedhaś ca tathā''pasmāriko 'paraḥ |
unmādapratiṣedhaś ca bhūtavidyā nirucyate ||41||
1938 ed. 1.3.42
rasabhedāḥ svasthavṛttaṃ yuktayastāntrikāśca yāḥ |
doṣabhedā iti jñeyā adhyāyāstantrabhūṣaṇāḥ ||42||
1938 ed. 1.3.43
śreṣṭhatvād uttaraṃ hy etat tantram āhur maharṣayaḥ |
bahvarthasaṅgrahāc chreṣṭham uttaraṃ vā'pi paścimam ||43||
1938 ed. 1.3.44
śālākyatantraṃ kaumāraṃ cikitsā kāyikī ca yā |
bhūtavidyeti catvāri tantre tūttarasañjñite ||44||
1938 ed. 1.3.45
vājīkaraṃ cikitsāsu rasāyanavidhis tathā |
viṣatantraṃ punaḥ kalpāḥ śalyajñānaṃ samantataḥ ||45||
1938 ed. 1.3.46
ity aṣṭāṅgam idaṃ tantramādidevaprakāśitam |
vidhinā'dhītya yuñjānā bhavanti prāṇadā bhuvi ||46||
1938 ed. 1.3.47
etad dhy avaśyam adhyeyam, adhītya ca karmāpy avaśyam
upāsitavyam, ubhayajño hi bhiṣag rājārho bhavati ||47||
1938 ed. 1.3.48
bhavanti cātra
yas tu kevalaśāstrajñaḥ karmasva pariniṣṭhitaḥ |
sa muhyaty āturaṃ prāpya prāpya bhīrur ivāhavam ||48||
1938 ed. 1.3.49
yas tu karmasu niṣṇāto dhārṣṭyāc chāstrabahiṣkṛtaḥ |
sa satsu pūjāṃ nāpnoti vadhaṃ carcchati rājataḥ ||49||
1938 ed. 1.3.50
ubhāv etāv anipuṇāv asamarthau svakarmaṇi |
ardhavedadharāv etāv ekapakṣāv iva dvijau ||50||
1938 ed. 1.3.51
oṣadhyo 'mṛtakalpās tu śastrāśaniviṣopamāḥ |
bhavanty ajñair upahṛtās tasmād etān vivarjayet ||51||
1938 ed. 1.3.52
snehādiṣvanabhijño yaśchedyādiṣu ca karmasu |
sa nihanti janaṃ lobhāt kuvaidyo nṛpadoṣataḥ ||52||
1938 ed. 1.3.53
yas tūbhayajño matimān sa samartho 'rthasādhane |
āhave karma nirvoḍhuṃ dvicakraḥ syandano yathā ||53||
1938 ed. 1.3.54
atha vatsa! tad etad adhyeyaṃ yathā tathopadhāraya mayā
procyamānaṃ atha śucaye
kṛtottarāsaṅgāyāvyākulāyopasthitāyādhyayanakāle śiṣyāya yathāśakti
gururupadiśet padaṃ pādaṃ ślokaṃ vā; te ca padapādaślokā bhūyaḥ
krameṇānusandheyāḥ, evam ekaikaśo ghaṭayed ātmanā cānupaṭhet;
adrutam avilambitam aviśaṅkitam ananunāsikaṃ suvyaktākṣaram
apīḍitavarṇam akṣibhruvauṣṭhahastair anabhinītaṃ susaṃskṛtaṃ
nātyuccair nātinīcaiś ca svaraiḥ paṭhet | na cāntareṇa kaścid
vrajet tayor adhīyānayoḥ ||54||
1938 ed. 1.3.55
bhavataś cātra |
śucirguruparo dakṣastandrānidrāvivarjitaḥ |
paṭhann etena vidhinā śiṣyaḥ śāstrāntam āpnuyāt ||55||
1938 ed. 1.3.56
vāksauṣṭhave 'rthavijñāne prāgalbhye karmanaipuṇe |
tad abhyāse ca siddhau ca yat etādhyayanāntagaḥ ||56||
1938 ed. 1.3.trailer
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne 'dhyayanasampradānīyo nāma
tṛtīyo 'dhyāyaḥ ||3||
1938 ed. 1.4.1
athātaḥ prabhāṣaṇīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.4.2
yāthovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.4.3
adhigatam apy adhyayanam aprabhāṣitam arthataḥ kharasya
candanabhāra iva kevalaṃ pariśramakaraṃ bhavati ||3||
1938 ed. 1.4.4
bhavati cātra
yathā kharaś candanabhāravāhī
bhārasya vettā na tu candanasya |
evaṃ hi śāstrāṇi bahūny adhītya
cārtheṣu mūḍhāḥ kharavad vahanti ||4||
1938 ed. 1.4.5
tasmāt saviṃśama dhyāyaśatam anupadapādaślokam anuvarṇayitavyam
anuśrotavyaṃ ca; kasmāt? sūkṣmā hi
dravyarasaguṇavīryavipākadoṣadhātumalāśayamarmasirāsnāyusandhyasthigarbhasambhavadravyasamūhavibhāgāstathā
pranaṣṭaśalyoddharaṇavraṇaviniścayabhagnavikalpāḥ
sādhyayāpyapratyākhyeyatā ca vikārāṇāmevamādayaś cānye viśeṣāḥ
sahasraśo ye vicintyamānā vimalavipulabuddherapi
buddhimākulīkuryuḥ kiṃ punaralpabuddheḥ, tasmād
avaśyamanupadapādaślokamanuvarṇayitavyamanuśrotavyaṃ ca ||5||
1938 ed. 1.4.6
anyaśāstropapannānāṃ cārthānāmihopanītānāmarthavaśātteṣāṃ
tadvidyebhya eva vyākhyānamanuśrotavyaṃ, kasmāt? na hyekasmin
śāstre śakyaḥ sarvaśāstrāṇāmavarodhaḥ kartum ||6||
1938 ed. 1.4.7
bhavanti cātra
ekaṃ śāstramadhīyāno na vidyācchāstraniścayam |
tasmād bahuśrutaḥ śāstraṃ vijānīyāccikitsakaḥ ||7||
1938 ed. 1.4.8
śāstraṃ gurumukhodgīrṇamādāyopāsya cāsakṛt |
yaḥ karma kurute vaidyaḥ sa vaidyo 'nye tu taskarāḥ ||8||
1938 ed. 1.4.9
aupadhenavam aurabhraṃ sauśrutaṃ pauṣkalāvatam |
śeṣāṇāṃ śalyatantrāṇāṃ mūlāny etāni nirdiśet ||9||
1938 ed. 1.4.trailer
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne prabhāṣaṇīyo nāma caturtho
'dhyāyaḥ ||4||
1931 ed. 1.5.1
athāto 'gropaharaṇīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.5.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.5.3
trividhaṃ karma- pūrvakarma, pradhānakarma, paścātkarmeti;
tadvyādhiṃ pratyupadekṣyāmaḥ ||3||
1938 ed. 1.5.4
asya tu śāstrasya śastrakarmaprādhānyācchastrakarmaiva tāvat
pūrvam upadekṣyāmastatsambhārāṃś ca ||4||
1938 ed. 1.5.5
tac ca śastrakarmā'ṣṭavidhaṃ; tad yathā- chedyaṃ, bhedyaṃ,
lekhyaṃ, vedhyam, eṣyam, āhāryaṃ, visrāvyaṃ, sīvyamiti ||5||
1938 ed. 1.5.6
ato 'nyatamaṃ karma cikīrṣatā vaidyena pūrvamevopakalpayitavyāni
bhavanti, tad yathā-
yantraśastrakṣārāgniśalākāśṛṅgajalaukālābūjāmbavauṣṭhapicuprotasūtrapatrapaṭṭamadhughṛtavasāpayastaila-
tarpaṇakaṣāyālepanakalkavyajanaśītoṣṇodakakaṭāhādīni, parikarmiṇaś
ca snigdhāḥ sthirā balavantaḥ ||6||
1938 ed. 1.5.7
tataḥ praśasteṣu tithikaraṇamuhūrtanakṣatreṣu
dadhyakṣatānnapānaratnairagniṃ viprān bhiṣajaś cārcayitvā,
kṛtabalimaṅgalasvastivācanaṃ laghubhuktavantaṃ prāṅmukhamāturam
upaveśya , yantrayitvā , pratyaṅmukho vaidyo
marmasirāsnāyusandhyasthidhamanīḥ pariharan, anulomaṃ śastraṃ
nidadhyādāpūyadarśanāt , sakṛdevāpaharecchastramāśu ca; mahatsvapi
ca pākeṣu dvyaṅgulāntaraṃ tryaṅgulāntaraṃ vā śastrapadam uktam
||7||
1938 ed. 1.5.8
tatrāyato viśālaḥ samaḥ suvibhakto nirāśraya iti vraṇaguṇāḥ ||8||
1938 ed. 1.5.9
bhavataś cātra
āyataś ca viśālaś ca suvibhakto nirāśrayaḥ |
prāptakālakṛtaś cāpi vraṇaḥ karmaṇi śasyate ||9||
1938 ed. 1.5.10
śauryamāśukriyā śastrataikṣṇyamasvedavepathu |
asammohaś ca vaidyasya śastrakarmaṇi śasyate ||10||
1938 ed. 1.5.11
ekena vā vraṇenāśudhyamāne nā'ntarā buddhyā'vekṣyāparān vraṇān
kuryāt ||11||
1938 ed. 1.5.12
bhavati cātra
yato yato gatiṃ vidyādutsaṅgo yatra yatra ca |
tatra tatra vraṇaṃ kuryād yathā doṣo na tiṣṭhati ||12||
1938 ed. 1.5.13
tatra
bhrūgaṇḍaśaṅkhalalāṭākṣipuṭauṣṭhadantaveṣṭakakṣākukṣivaṅkṣaṇeṣu
tiryak cheda uktaḥ ||13||
1938 ed. 1.5.14
(candramaṇḍalavacchedān pāṇipādeṣu kārayet |
ardhacandrākṛtīṃś cāpi gude meḍhre ca buddhimān) ||14||
1938 ed. 1.5.15
anyathā tu sirāsnāyucchedanam, atimātraṃ vedanā,
cirādvraṇasaṃroho, māṃsakandīprādurbhāvaśceti ||15||
1938 ed. 1.5.16
mūḍhagarbhodarārśo 'śmarībhagandaramukharogeṣv abhuktavataḥ karma
kurvīta ||16||
1938 ed. 1.5.17
tataḥ śastramavacārya,śītābhir adbhir āturamāśvāsya, samantāt
paripīḍyāṅgulyā, vraṇamabhimṛdya(jya), prakṣālya kaṣāyeṇa
protenodakamādāya , tilakalkamadhusarpiḥpragāḍhāmauṣadhayuktāṃ
nātisnigdhāṃ nātirūkṣāṃ vartiṃ praṇidadhyāt; tataḥ kalkenācchādya,
ghanāṃ kavalikāṃ dattvā, vastrapaṭṭena badhnīyāt;
vedanārakṣoghnairdhūpairdhūpayet, rakṣoghnaiś ca mantrai rakṣāṃ
kurvīta ||17||
1938 ed. 1.5.18
tato
guggulvagurusarjarasavacāgaurasarṣapacūrṇairlavaṇanimbapatravimiśrairājyayuktairdhūpayet
| ājyaśeṣeṇa cāsya prāṇān samālabheta ||18||
1938 ed. 1.5.19
udakumbhāccāpo gṛhītvā prokṣayan rakṣākarma kuryāt ;
tadvakṣyāmaḥ- ||19||
1938 ed. 1.5.20
kṛtyānāṃ pratighātārthaṃ tathā rakṣobhayasya ca |
rakṣākarma kariṣyāmi brahmā tadanumanyatām ||20||
1938 ed. 1.5.21
nāgāḥ piśācā gandharvāḥ pitaro yakṣarākṣasāḥ |
abhidravanti ye ye tvāṃ brahmādyā ghnantu tān sadā ||21||
1938 ed. 1.5.22
pṛthivyām antarīkṣe ca ye caranti niśācarāḥ |
dikṣu vāstunivāsāś ca pāntu tvāṃ te namaskṛtāḥ ||22||
1938 ed. 1.5.23
pāntu tvāṃ munayo brāhmayā divyā rājarṣayastathā |
parvatāś caiva nadyaś ca sarvāḥ sarve ca sāgarāḥ ||23||
1938 ed. 1.5.24
agnī rakṣatu te jihvāṃ prāṇān vāyus tathaiva ca |
somo vyānamapānaṃ te parjanyaḥ parirakṣatu ||24||
1938 ed. 1.5.25
udānaṃ vidyutaḥ pāntu samānaṃ stanayitnavaḥ |
balam indro balapatir manur manye matiṃ tathā ||25||
1938 ed. 1.5.26
kāmāṃste pāntu gandharvāḥ sattvamindro 'bhir akṣatu |
prajñāṃ te varuṇo rājā samudro nābhimaṇḍalam ||26||
1938 ed. 1.5.27
cakṣuḥ sūryo diśaḥ śrotre candramāḥ pātu te manaḥ | nakṣatrāṇi
sadā rūpaṃ chāyāṃ pāntu niśāstava ||27||
1938 ed. 1.5.28
retastvāpyāyayantvāpo romāṇyoṣadhayas tathā |
ākāśaṃ khāni te pāntu dehaṃ tava vasundharā ||28||
1938 ed. 1.5.29
vaiśvānaraḥ śiraḥ pātu viṣṇustava parākramam |
pauruṣaṃ puruṣaśreṣṭho brahmā''tmānaṃ dhruvo bhruvau ||29||
1938 ed. 1.5.30
etā dehe viśeṣeṇa tava nityā hi devatāḥ |
etās tvāṃ satataṃ pāntu dīrgham āyur avāpnuhi ||30||
1938 ed. 1.5.31
svasti te bhagavān brahmā svasti devāśca kurvatām |
(svasti te candrasūryau ca svasti nāradaparvatau) |
svastyagniś cauva vāyuś ca svasti devāḥ sahendragāḥ ||31||
1938 ed. 1.5.32
pitāmahakṛtā rakṣā svastyāyurvardhatāṃ tava |
ītayaste praśāmyantu sadā bhava gatavyathaḥ ||32||
1938 ed. 1.5.33
iti svāhā |
etair vedātmakair mantraiḥ kṛtyāvyādhivināśanaiḥ |
mayaivaṃ kṛtarakṣastvaṃ dīrghamāyuravāpnuhi ||33||
1938 ed. 1.5.34
tataḥ kṛtarakṣamāturamāgāraṃ praveśya, ācārikam ādiśet ||34||
1938 ed. 1.5.35
tatastṛtīye 'hani vimucyaivam eva badhnīyād vastrapaṭṭena; na
cainaṃ tvaramāṇo 'paredyur mokṣayet ||35||
1938 ed. 1.5.36
dvitīyadivasaparimokṣaṇād vigrathito vraṇaś cirād upasaṃrohati,
tīvrarujaś ca bhavati ||36||
1938 ed. 1.5.37
ata ūrdhvaṃ doṣakālabalādīn avekṣya kaṣāyālepanabandhāhārācārān
vidadhyāt ||37||
1938 ed. 1.5.38
na cainaṃ tvaramāṇaḥ sāntardoṣaṃ ropayet; sa hy
alpenāpyapacāreṇābhyantaram utsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā bhūyo 'pi vikaroti
||38||
1938 ed. 1.5.39abcd
bhavanti cātra
tasmād antarbahiś caiva suśuddhaṃ ropayed vraṇam |
rūḍhe 'py ajīrṇavyāyāmavyavāyādīn vivarjayet |
1938 ed. 1.5.39ef
harṣaṃ krodhaṃ bhayaṃ cāpi yāvat sthairyopasambhavāt ||39||
1938 ed. 1.5.40
hemante śiśire caiva vasante cāpi mokṣayet |
tryahād dvyahāc charadgrīṣmavarṣāsv api ca buddhimān ||40||
1938 ed. 1.5.41
atipātiṣu rogeṣu necched vidhim imaṃ bhiṣak |
pradīptāgāravac chīghraṃ tatra kuryāt pratikriyām ||41||
1938 ed. 1.5.42
yā vedanā śastranipātajātā tīvrā śarīraṃ pradunoti jantoḥ |
dhṛtena sā śāntim upaiti siktā koṣṇena yaṣṭīmadhukānvitenā ||42||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne
'gropaharaṇīyo nāma pañcamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||5||
śaṣṭho 'dhyāyaḥ |
1938 ed. 1.6.1
athāta ṛtucaryam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.6.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.6.3
kālo hi nāma (bhagavān ) svayambhur anādimadhyanidhanaḥ | atra
rasavyāpatsampattī jīvitamaraṇe ca manuṣyāṇāmāyatte | sa sūkṣmām
api kalāṃ na līyata iti kālaḥ, saṅkalayati kālayati vā bhūtānīti
kālaḥ ||3||
1938 ed. 1.6.4
tasya saṃvatsarātmano bhagavān ādityo
gativiśeṣeṇākṣinimeṣakāṣṭhākalāmuhūrtāhorātrapakṣamāsartvayanasaṃvatsarayugapravibhāgaṃ
karoti ||4||
1938 ed. 1.6.5
tatra laghvakṣaroccāraṇamātro 'kṣinimeṣaḥ, pañcadaśā'kṣinimeṣāḥ
kāṣṭhā, triṃśatkāṣṭhāḥ kalā, viṃśatikalo muhūrtaḥ
kalādaśabhāgaśca, triṃśanmuhūrtamahorātraṃ, pañcadaśāhorātrāṇi
pakṣaḥ, sa ca dvividhaḥ- śuklaḥ kṛṣṇaśca, tau māsaḥ ||5||
1938 ed. 1.6.6
tatra māghādayo dvādaśa māsāḥ, dvimāsikamṛtuṃ kṛtvā ṣaḍṛtavo
bhavanti; te śiśiravasantagrīṣmavarṣāśaraddhemantāḥ | teṣāṃ
tapastapasyau śiśiraḥ, madhumādhavau vasantaḥ, śuciśukrau grīṣmaḥ,
nabhonabhasyau varṣāḥ, iṣorjau śarat, sahaḥsahasyau hemanta iti
||6||
1938 ed. 1.6.7
ta ete śītoṣṇavarṣalakṣaṇāś candrād ity ayoḥ kālavibhāgakaratvād
ayane dve bhavato dakṣiṇam uttaraṃ ca | tayor dakṣiṇaṃ
varṣāśaraddhemantāḥ; teṣu bhagavān āpyāyate somaḥ,
amlalavaṇamadhurāś ca rasā balavanto bhavanti, uttarottaraṃ ca
sarvaprāṇināṃ balam abhivardhate | uttaraṃ ca
śiśiravasantagrīṣmāḥ, teṣu bhagavān āpyāyate 'rkaḥ,
tiktakaṣāyakaṭukāś ca rasā balavanto bhavanti, uttarottaraṃ ca
sarvaprāṇināṃ balam upahīyate ||7||
1938 ed. 1.6.8
bhavati cātra
śītāṃśuḥ kledayatyurvīṃ vivasvān śoṣayatyapi |
tāv ubhāv api saṃśritya vāyuḥ pālayati prajāḥ ||8||
1938 ed. 1.6.9
atha khalv ayane dve yugapat saṃvatsaro bhavati | te tu pañca
yugam iti sañjñāṃ labhante | sa eṣa nimeṣādir yugaparyantaḥ kālaś
cakravat parivartamānaḥ kālacakram ity ucyata ity eke ||9||
1938 ed. 1.6.10
iha tu varṣāśaraddhemantavasantagrīṣmaprāvṛṣaḥ ṣaḍṛtavo bhavanti,
doṣopacayaprakopopaśamanimittaṃ; te tu bhādrapadādyena dvimāsikena
vyākhyātāḥ; tad yathā- bhādrapadāśvayujau varṣāḥ,
kārtikamārgaśīrṣau śarat, pauṣamāghau hemantaḥ, phālgunacaitrau
vasantaḥ, vaiśākhajyeṣṭhau grīṣmaḥ; āṣāḍhaśrāvaṇau prāvṛḍiti
||10||
1938 ed. 1.6.11
tatra, varṣāsvoṣadhayastaruṇyo 'lpavīryā āpaś cāpraśāntāḥ
kṣitimalaprāyāḥ, tā upayujyamānā nabhasi meghāvatate
jalapraklinnāyāṃ bhūmau klinnadehānāṃ prāṇināṃ
śītavātaviṣṭambhitāgnīnāṃ vidahyante, vidāhāt
pittasañcayamāpādayanti; sa sañcayaḥ śaradi praviralameghe viyaty
upaśuṣyati paṅke 'rkakiraṇapravilāyitaḥ paittikān vyādhīñjanayati
| tā evauṣadhayaḥ kālapariṇāmāt pariṇatavīryā balavatyo hemante
bhavantyāpaś ca praśāntāḥ snigdhā atyarthaṃ gurvyāśca, tā
upayujyamānā mandakiraṇatvād bhānoḥ
satuṣārapavanopastambhitadehānāṃ dehināmavidagdhāḥ snehācchaityād
gauravād upalepāc ca śleṣmasañcayamāpādayanti; sa sañcayo vasante
'rkaraśmipravilāyita īṣatstabdhadehānāṃ dehināṃ ślaiṣmikān
vyādhīñjanayati | tā evauṣadhayo nidāghe niḥsārā rūkṣā atimātraṃ
laghvyo bhavantyāpaśca, tā upayujyamānāḥ
sūryapratāpopaśoṣitadehānāṃ dehināṃ raukṣyāllaghutvāc ca vāyoḥ
sañcayamāpādayanti; sa sañcayaḥ prāvṛṣi cātyarthaṃ jalopaklinnāyāṃ
bhūmau klinnadehānāṃ dehināṃ śītavātavarṣerito vātikān
vyādhīñjanayati | evam eṣa doṣāṇāṃ sañcayaprakopahetur uktaḥ
||11||
1938 ed. 1.6.12
tatra varṣāhemantagrīṣmeṣu sañcitānāṃ doṣāṇāṃ
śaradvasantaprāvṛṭsu ca prakupitānāṃ nirharaṇaṃ kartavyam ||12||
1938 ed. 1.6.13
tatra paittikānāṃ vyādhīnām upaśamo hemante, ślaiṣmikāṇāṃ
nidāghe, vātikānāṃ śaradi , svabhāvata eva; ta ete
sañcayaprakopopaśamā vyākhyātāḥ ||13||
1938 ed. 1.6.14
tatra, pūrvāhṇe vasantasya liṅgaṃ, madhyāhne grīṣmasya, aparāhṇe
prāvṛṣaḥ , pradoṣe vārṣikaṃ, śāradam ardharātre, pratyuṣasi
haimantam upalakṣayet; evam ahorātram api varṣam iva
śītoṣṇavarṣalakṣaṇaṃ doṣopacayaprakopopaśamair jānīyāt ||14||
1938 ed. 1.6.15
tatra, avyāpanneṣu ṛtuṣv avyāpannā oṣadhayo bhavanty āpaś ca; tā
upayujyamānāḥ prāṇāyurbalavīryaujaskaryo bhavanti ||15||
1938 ed. 1.6.16
teṣāṃ punarvyāpado 'dṛṣṭakāritāḥ, śītoṣṇavātavarṣāṇi khalu
viparītānyoṣadhīrvyāpādayantyapaśca ||16||
1938 ed. 1.6.17
tāsām upayogād vividharogaprādurbhāvo marako vā bhaved iti ||17||
1938 ed. 1.6.18
tatra, avyāpannānām oṣadhīnām apāṃ copayogaḥ ||18||
1938 ed. 1.6.19
kadācid avyāpanneṣv api ṛtuṣu kṛtyābhiśāparakṣaḥkrodhādharmair
upadhvasyante janapadāḥ, viṣauṣadhipuṣpagandhena vā
vāyunopanītenākramyate yo deśas tatra doṣaprakṛtyaviśeṣeṇa
kāsaśvāsavamathupratiśyāyaśirorugjvarair upatapyante,
grahanakṣatracaritair vā,
gṛhadāraśayanāsanayānavāhanamaṇiratnopakaraṇagarhitalakṣaṇanimittaprādurbhāvair
vā ||19||
1938 ed. 1.6.20
tatra,
sthānaparityāgaśāntikarmaprāyaścittamaṅgalajapahomopahārejyāñjalinamaskārataponiyama-
dayādānadīkṣābhyupagamadevatābrāhmaṇaguruparairbhavitavyam, evaṃ
sādhu bhavati ||20||
1938 ed. 1.6.21
ata ūrdhvam avyāpannānāmṛtūnāṃ lakṣaṇāny upadekṣyāmaḥ ||21||
1938 ed. 1.6.22
vāyur vāty uttaraḥ śīto rajodhūmākulā diśaḥ |
channastuṣāraiḥ savitā himānaddhā jalāśayāḥ ||22||
1938 ed. 1.6.23
darpitā dhvāṅkṣakhaṅgāhvamahiṣorabhrakuñjarāḥ |
rodhrapriyaṅgupunnāgāḥ puṣpitā himasāhvaye ||23||
1938 ed. 1.6.24
śiśire śītamadhikaṃ vātavṛṣṭyākulā diśaḥ |
śeṣaṃ hemantavat sarvaṃ vijñeyaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ budhaiḥ ||24||
1938 ed. 1.6.25
siddhavidyādharavadhūcaraṇālaktakāṅkite |
malaye candanalatāpariṣvaṅgādhivāsite ||25||
1938 ed. 1.6.26
vāti kāmijanānandajanano 'naṅgadīpanaḥ |
dampatyor mānabhiduro vasante dakṣiṇo 'nilaḥ ||26||
1938 ed. 1.6.27
diśo vasante vimalāḥ kānanair upaśobhitāḥ |
kiṃśukāmbhojabakulacūtāśokādipuṣpitaiḥ ||27||
1938 ed. 1.6.28
kokilāṣaṭpadagaṇair upagītā manoharāḥ |
dakṣiṇānilasaṃvītāḥ sumukhāḥ pallavojjvalāḥ ||28||
1938 ed. 1.6.29
grīṣme tīkṣṇāṃśurādityo māruto naiṟuto 'sukhaḥ |
bhūs taptā saritas tanvyo diśaḥ prajvalitā iva ||29||
1938 ed. 1.6.30
bhrāntacakrāhvayugalāḥ payaḥpānākulā mṛgāḥ |
dhvastavīruttṛṇalatā viparṇāṅkitapādapāḥ ||30||
1938 ed. 1.6.31
prāvṛṣy ambaram ānaddhaṃ paścimānilakarṣitaiḥ |
ambudair vidyududdyotaprasrutais tumulasvanaiḥ ||31||
1938 ed. 1.6.32
komalaśyāmaśaṣpāḍhyā śakragopojjvalā mahī |
kadambanīpakuṭajasarjaketakabhūṣitā ||32||
1938 ed. 1.6.33
tatra varṣāsu nadyo 'mbhaśchannokhātataṭadrumāḥ |
vāpy aḥ protphullakumudanīlotpalavirājitāḥ ||33||
1938 ed. 1.6.34
bhūr avyaktasthalaśvabhrā bahuśasyopaśobhitā |
nātigarjatsravanmeghaniruddhārkagrahaṃ nabhaḥ ||34||
1938 ed. 1.6.35
babhrur uṣṇaḥ śarady arkaḥ śvetābhravimalaṃ nabhaḥ |
tathā sarāṃsy amburuhair bhānti haṃsāṃsaghaṭṭitaiḥ ||35||
1938 ed. 1.6.36
paṅkaśuṣkadrumākīrṇā nimnonnatasameṣu bhūḥ |
bāṇasaptāhvabandhūkakāśāsanavirājitā ||36||
1938 ed. 1.6.37
svaguṇair atiyukteṣu viparīteṣu vā punaḥ |
viṣameṣv api vā doṣāḥ kupyanty ṛtuṣu dehinām ||37||
1938 ed. 1.6.38
hared vasante śleṣmāṇaṃ pittaṃ śaradi nirharet |
varṣāsu śamayed vāyuṃ prāgvikārasamucchrayāt ||38||
1938 ed. 1.6.trailer
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne ṛtucaryā nāma ṣaṣṭho 'dhyāyaḥ
||6||
saptamo 'dhyāyaḥ |
1938 ed. 1.7.1
athāto yantravidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.7.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.7.3
yantraśatam ekottaram; atra hastameva pradhānatamaṃ yantrāṇām
avagaccha, (kiṃ kāraṇaṃ ? yasmādd hastād ṛte yantrāṇām
apravṛttireva) tadadhīnatvād yantrakarmaṇām ||3||
1938 ed. 1.7.4
tatra, manaḥśarīrābādhakarāṇi śalyāni; teṣāṃ āharaṇopāyo yantrāṇi
||4||
1938 ed. 1.7.5
tāni ṣaṭprakārāṇi; tad yathā- svastikayantrāṇi, sandaṃśayantrāṇi,
tālayantrāṇi, nāḍīyantrāṇi, śalākāyantrāṇi, upayantrāṇi ceti ||5||
1938 ed. 1.7.6
tatra caturviṃśatiḥ svastikayantrāṇi , dve sandaṃśayantre, dve
eva tālayantre, viṃśatirnāḍyaḥ, aṣṭāviṃśatiḥ śalākāḥ,
pañcaviṃśatirupayantrāṇi ||6||
1938 ed. 1.7.7
tāni prāyaśo lauhāni bhavanti; tatpratirūpakāṇi vā tadalābhe
||7||
1938 ed. 1.7.8
tatra, nānāprakārāṇāṃ vyālānāṃ mṛgapakṣiṇāṃ mukhair mukhāni
yantrāṇāṃ prāyaśaḥ sadṛśāni; tasmāt
tatsārūpyādāgamādupadeśādanyayantradarśanādyuktitaś ca kārayet
||8||
1938 ed. 1.7.9
samāhitāni yantrāṇi kharaślakṣṇamukhāni ca |
sudṛḍhāni surūpāṇi sugrahāṇi ca kārayet ||9||
1938 ed. 1.7.10
tatra svastikayantrāṇi- aṣṭādaśāṅgulapramāṇāni,
siṃhavyāghravṛkatarakṣvṛkṣadvīpimārjāraśṛgālamṛgair
vārukakākakaṅkakuraracāsabhāsaśaśaghātyulūkacilliśyena-
gṛdhrakrauñcabhṛṅgarājāñjalikarṇāvabhañjananandīmukhamukhāni ,
masūrākṛtibhiḥ kīlair avabaddhāni , mūle 'ṅkuśavadāvṛttavāraṅgāṇi
, asthividaṣṭaśalyoddharaṇārtham upadiśyante ||10||
1938 ed. 1.7.11
sanigraho 'nigrahaś ca sandaṃśau ṣoḍaśāṅgulau bhavataḥ,
tvaṅmāṃsasirāsnāyugataśalyoddharaṇārtham upadiśyete ||11||
1938 ed. 1.7.12
tālayantre - dvādaśāṅgule matsyatālavadekatāladvitālake,
karṇanāsānāḍīśalyānāmāharaṇārtham ||12||
1938 ed. 1.7.13
nāḍīyantrāṇi - anekaprakārāṇi, anekaprayojanāni,
ekatomukhānyubhayatomukhāni ca; tāni srotogataśalyoddharaṇārthaṃ,
rogadarśanārtham, ācūṣaṇārthaṃ, kriyāsaukaryārthaṃ ceti; tāni
srotodvārapariṇāhāni, yathāyogadīrghāṇi ca | tatra
bhagandarārśovraṇabastyuttarabastimūtravṛddhidakodaradhūmaniruddhaprakaśasanniruddhagudayantrāṇyalābūśṛṅgayantrāṇi
copariṣṭādvakṣyāmaḥ ||13||
1938 ed. 1.7.14
śalākāyantrāṇyapi nānāprakārāṇi, nānāprayojanāni,
yathāyogapariṇāhadīrghāṇi ca; teṣāṃ
gaṇḍūpadasarpaphaṇaśarapuṅkhabaḍiśamukhe dve dve,
eṣaṇavyūhanacālanāharaṇārtham upadiśyete ; masūradalamātramukhe
dve kiñcidānatāgre srotogataśalyoddharaṇārthaṃ; ṣaṭ
kārpāsakṛtoṣṇīṣāṇi , pramārjanakriyāsu; trīṇi darvyākṛtīni
khallamukhāni, kṣārauṣadhapraṇidhānārthaṃ ; trīṇyanyāni
jāmbavavadanāni, trīṇyaṅkuśavadanāni, ṣaḍevāgnikarmasvabhipretāni;
nāsārbudaharaṇārthamekaṃ kolāsthidalamātramukhaṃ
khallatīkṣṇauṣṭhaṃ ; añjanārthamekaṃ kalāyaparimaṇḍalamubhayato
mukulāgraṃ; mūtramārgaviśodhanārthamekaṃ
mālatīpuṣpavṛntāgrapramāṇaparimaṇḍalam iti ||14||
1938 ed. 1.7.15
upayantrāṇyapi-
rajjuveṇikāpaṭṭacarmāntavalkalalatāvastrāṣṭhīlāśmamudgarapāṇipādatalāṅgulijihvā-
dantanakhamukhabālāśvakaṭakaśākhāṣṭhīvanapravāhaṇaharṣāyaskāntamayāni
kṣārāgnibheṣajāni ceti ||15||
1938 ed. 1.7.16
etāni dehe sarvasmin dehasyāvayave tathā |
sandhau koṣṭhe dhamanyāṃ ca yathāyogaṃ prayojayet ||16||
1938 ed. 1.7.17
yantrakarmāṇi tu-
nirghātanapūraṇabandhanavyūhanavartanacālanavivartanavivaraṇapīḍanamārgaviśodhanavikarṣaṇāharaṇāñchanonnamana-
vinamanabhañjanonmathanācūṣaṇaiṣaṇadāraṇarjūkaraṇaprakṣālanapradhamanapramārjanāni
caturviṃśatiḥ ||17||
1938 ed. 1.7.18
svabuddhyā cāpi vibhajedyantrakarmāṇi buddhimān |
asaṅkhyeyavikalpatvāc chalyānām iti niścayaḥ ||18||
1938 ed. 1.7.19
tatra, atisthūlam, asāram, atidīrgham, atihrasvam, agrāhi,
viṣamagrāhi, vakraṃ, śithilam, atyunnatam, mṛdukīlaṃ, mṛdumukhaṃ,
mṛdupāśam, iti dvādaśa yantradoṣāḥ ||19||
1938 ed. 1.7.20
etair doṣair vinirmuktaṃ yantramaṣṭādaśāṅgulam |
praśastaṃ bhiṣajā jñeyaṃ taddhi karmasu yojayet ||20||
1938 ed. 1.7.21
dṛśyaṃ siṃhamukhādyais tu gūḍhaṃ kaṅkamukhādibhiḥ |
nirhareta śanaiḥ śalyaṃ śāstrayuktivyapekṣayā ||21||
1938 ed. 1.7.22
ni(vi)vartate sādhvavagāhate ca śalyaṃ nigṛhyoddharate ca yasmāt
|
yantreṣv ataḥ kaṅkamukhaṃ pradhānaṃ sthāneṣu sarveṣv adhi(vi)kāri
caiva ||22||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne
yantravidhirnāma saptamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||7||
1938 ed. 1.8.1
athātaḥ śastrāvacāraṇīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.8.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.8.3
viṃśatiḥ śastrāṇi, tad yathā-
maṇḍalāgrakarapatravṛddhipatranakhaśastramudrikotpalapatrakārdhadhārasūcīkuśapatrāṭīmukha-
śarārimukhāntarmukhatrikūrcakakuṭhārikāvrīhimukhārāvetasapatrakabaḍiśadantaśaṅkveṣaṇya
iti ||3||
1938 ed. 1.8.4
tatra maṇḍalāgrakarapatre syātāṃ chedane lekhane ca,
vṛddhipatranakhaśastramudrikotpalapatrakārdhadhārāṇi chedane
bhedane ca,
sūcīkuśapatrāṭī(ṭā)mukhaśarārimukhāntarmukhatrikūrcakāni
visrāvaṇe, kuṭhārikāvrīhimukhārāvetasapatrakāṇi vyadhane sūcī ca,
baḍiśaṃ dantaśaṅkuś cāharaṇe, eṣaṇyeṣaṇe ānulomye ca, sūcyaḥ
sīvane; ity aṣṭavidhe karmaṇyupayogaḥ śastrāṇāṃ vyākhyātaḥ ||4||
1938 ed. 1.8.5
teṣāṃ atha yathāyogaṃ grahaṇasamāsopāyaḥ karmasu vakṣyate- tatra
vṛddhipatraṃ vṛntaphalasādhāraṇe bhāge gṛhṇīyāt, bhedanānyevaṃ
sarvāṇi, vṛddhipatraṃ maṇḍalāgraṃ ca kiñciduttānena pāṇinā lekhane
bahuśo 'vacāryaṃ, vṛntāgre visrāvaṇāni, viśeṣeṇa tu
bālavṛddhasukumārabhīrunārīṇāṃ rājñāṃ rājamā(pu)trāṇāṃ ca
trikūrcakena visrāvayet,
talapracchāditavṛntamaṅguṣṭhapradeśinībhyāṃ vrīhimukhaṃ,
kuṭhārikāṃ
vāmahastanyastāmitarahastamadhyamāṅgulyā'ṅguṣṭhaviṣṭabdhayā'bhihanyāt
, ārākarapatraiṣaṇyo mūle, śeṣāṇi tu yathāyogaṃ gṛhṇīyāt ||5||
1938 ed. 1.8.6
teṣāṃ nāmabhir evākṛtayaḥ prāyeṇa vyākhyātāḥ ||6||
1938 ed. 1.8.7
tatra nakhaśastraiṣaṇyāvaṣṭāṅgule , sūcyo vakṣyante,
(pradeśinyagraparvapradeśapramāṇā mudrikā, daśāṅgulā śarārimukhī
sā ca (yā sā) kartarīti kathyate) | śeṣāṇi tu ṣaḍaṅgulāni ||7||
1938 ed. 1.8.8
tāni sugrahāṇi, sulohāni, sudhārāṇi, surūpāṇi,
susamāhitamukhāgrāṇi, akarālāni, ceti śastrasampat ||8||
1938 ed. 1.8.9
tatra vakraṃ, kuṇṭhaṃ, khaṇḍaṃ, kharadhāram, atisthūlam,
atyalpam, atidīrgham, atihrasvam, ity aṣṭau śastradoṣāḥ | ato
viparītaguṇam ādadīta, anyatra karapatrāt; tad dhi kharadhāram
asthicchedanārtham ||9||
1938 ed. 1.8.10
tatra dhārā bhedanānāṃ māsūrī, lekhanānām ardhamāsūrī,
vyadhanānāṃ visrāvaṇānāṃ ca kaiśikī, chedanānām ardhakaiśikīti
||10||
1938 ed. 1.8.11
baḍiśaṃ dantaśaṅkuś cānatāgre |
tīkṣṇakaṇṭakaprathamayavapatramukhyeṣaṇī (gaṇḍūpadākāramukhī ca)
||11||
1938 ed. 1.8.12
teṣāṃ pāyanā trividhā kṣārodakataileṣu | tatra kṣārapāyitaṃ
śaraśalyāsthicchedaneṣu, udakapāyitaṃ
māṃsacchedanabhedanapāṭaneṣu, tailapāyitaṃ
sirāvyadhanasnāyucchedaneṣu ||12||
1938 ed. 1.8.13
teṣāṃ niśānārthaṃ ślakṣṇaśilā māṣavarṇā; dhārāsaṃsthāpanārthaṃ
śālmalīphalakam iti ||13||
1938 ed. 1.8.14
bhavati cātra
yadā suniśitaṃ śastraṃ romacchedi susaṃsthitam |
sugṛhītaṃ pramāṇena tadā karmasu yojayet ||14||
1938 ed. 1.8.15
anuśastrāṇi tu
tvaksārasphaṭikakācakuruvindajalaukognikṣāranakhagojīśephālikāśākapatrakarīrabālāṅgulaya
iti ||15||
1938 ed. 1.8.16
śiśūnāṃ śastrabhīrūṇāṃ śastrābhāve ca yojayet |
tvaksārādicaturvargaṃ chedye bhedye ca buddhimān ||16||
1938 ed. 1.8.17
āhāryacchedyabhedyeṣu nakhaṃ śakyeṣu yojayet |
vidhiḥ pravakṣyate paścāt kṣāravahnijalaukasām ||17||
1938 ed. 1.8.18
ye syur mukhagatā rogā netravartmagatāś ca ye |
gojīśephālikāśākapatrairvisrāvayet tu tān ||18||
1938 ed. 1.8.19
eṣyeṣv eṣaṇyalābhe tu bālāṅgulyaṅkurā hitāḥ ||
śastrāṇy etāni matimān śuddhaśaikyāyasāni tu |
kārayet karaṇaprāptaṃ karmāraṃ karmakovidam ||19||
1938 ed. 1.8.20
prayogajñasya vaidyasya siddhir bhavati nity aśaḥ |
tasmāt paricayaṃ kuryāc chastrāṇāṃ grahaṇe sadā ||20||
1938 ed. 1.8.trailer
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne śastrāvacāraṇīyo nāmāṣṭamo
'dhyāyaḥ ||8||
1938 ed. 1.9.1
athāto yogyāsūtrīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.9.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.9.3
adhigatasarvaśāstrārtham api śiṣyaṃ yogyāṃ kārayet | snehādiṣu
chedyādiṣu ca karmapatham upadiśet | subahuśruto 'pyakṛtayogyaḥ
karmasvayogyo bhavati ||3||
1938 ed. 1.9.4
tatra,
puṣpaphalālābūkālindakatrapusai(so)rvārukarkārukaprabhṛtiṣu
chedyaviśeṣān darśayet, utkartanāpakartanāni copadiśet;
dṛtibastiprasevakaprabhṛtiṣūdakapaṅkapūrṇeṣu bhedyayogyāṃ; saromṇi
carmaṇyātate lekhyasya; mṛtapaśusirāsūtpalanāleṣu ca vedhyasya;
ghuṇopahatakāṣṭhaveṇunalanālīśuṣkālābūmukheṣveṣyasya;
panasabimbībilvaphalamajjamṛtapaśudanteṣvāhāryasya;
madhūcchiṣṭopalipte śālmalīphalake visrāvyasya;
sūkṣmaghanavastrāntayor mṛducarmāntayoś ca sīvyasya;
pustamayapuruṣāṅgapratyaṅgaviśeṣeṣu bandhanayogyāṃ; mṛduṣu
māṃsakhaṇḍeṣv agnikṣārayogyāṃ; mṛducarmamāṃsapeśīṣūtpalanāleṣu ca
karṇasandhibandhayogyām;
udakapūrṇaghaṭapārśvasrotasyalābūmukhādiṣu ca
netrapraṇidhānabastivraṇabastipīḍanayogyām iti ||4||
1938 ed. 1.9.5ab
bhavataś cātra
evam ādiṣu medhāvī yogyārheṣu yathāvidhi |
1938 ed. 1.9.5cd
dravyeṣu yogyāṃ kurvāṇo na pramuhyati karmasu ||5||
1938 ed. 1.9.6ab
tasmāt kauśalam anvicchan śastrakṣārāgnikarmasu |
1938 ed. 1.9.6cd
yasya yatreha sādharmyaṃ tatra yogyāṃ samācaret ||6||
1938 ed. 1.9.trailer
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne yogyāsūtrīyo nāma navamo
'dhyāyaḥ ||9||
1938 ed. 1.10.1
athāto viśikhānupraveśanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.10.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.10.3
adhigatatantreṇopāsitatantrārthena dṛṣṭakarmaṇā kṛtayogyena
śāstraṃ nigadatā rājānujñātena nīcanakharomṇā śucinā
śuklavastraparihitena chatravatā daṇḍahastena
sopānatkenānuddhataveśena sumanasā kalyāṇābhivyāhāreṇākuhakena
bandhubhūtena bhūtānāṃ susahāyavatā vaidyena viśikhā'nupraveṣṭavyā
||3||
1938 ed. 1.10.4.1
tato dūtanimittaśakunamaṅgalānulomyenāturagṛhamabhigamya,
upaviśya, āturamabhipaśyet spṛśet pṛcchec ca | tribhir
etairvijñānopāyai rogāḥ prāyaśo veditavyā
1938 ed. 1.10.4.2
ity eke; tat tu na samyak, ṣaḍvidho hi rogāṇāṃ vijñānopāyaḥ, tad
yathā- pañcabhiḥ śrotrādibhiḥ praśnena ceti ||4||
1938 ed. 1.10.5
tatra śrotrendriyavijñeyā viśeṣā rogeṣu vraṇāsrāvavijñānīyādiṣu
vakṣyante- ‘tatra saphenaṃ raktamīrayannanilaḥ saśabdo
nirgacchati’(sū. a.26) ity evamādayaḥ, sparśanendriyavijñeyāḥ
śītoṣṇaślakṣṇakarkaśamṛdukaṭhinatvād ayaḥ (sparśaviśeṣā )
jvaraśophādiṣu, cakṣurindriyavijñeyāḥ
śarīropacayāpacayāyurlakṣaṇabalavarṇavikārādayaḥ,
rasanendriyavijñeyāḥ pramehādiṣu rasaviśeṣāḥ, ghrāṇendriyavijñeyā
ariṣṭaliṅgādiṣu vraṇānāmavraṇānāṃ ca gandhaviśeṣāḥ, praśnena ca
vijānīyāddeśaṃ kālaṃ jātiṃ sātmyamātaṅkasamutpattiṃ
vedanāsamucchrāyaṃ balamantaragniṃ vātamūtrapurīṣāṇāṃ
pravṛttimapravṛttiṃ kālaprakarṣādīṃś ca viśeṣān | ātmasadṛśeṣu
vijñānābhyupāyeṣu tatsthānīyair jānīyāt ||5||
1938 ed. 1.10.6
evam abhisamīkṣya sādhyān sādhayet, yāpyān yāpayet,
asādhyānnaivopakrameta, parisaṃvatsarotthitāṃś ca vikārān prāyaśo
varjayet ||6||
1938 ed. 1.10.7
bhavati cātra
mithyādṛṣṭā vikārā hi durākhyātās tathaiva ca |
tathā duṣparimṛṣṭāś ca mohayeyuścikitsakam ||7||
1938 ed. 1.10.8
tatra sādhyā api vyādhayaḥ prāyeṇaiṣāṃ duścikitsyatamā bhavanti |
tad yathā-
śrotriyanṛpatistrībālavṛddhabhīrurājasevakakitavadurbalavaidyavidagdhavyādhigopakadaridrakṛpaṇakrodhanānāmanātmavatāmanāthānāṃ
ca; evaṃ nirūpya cikitsāṃ kurvan dharmārthakāmayaśāṃsi prāpnoti
||8||
1938 ed. 1.10.9
bhavati cātra
strībhiḥ sahāsyāṃ saṃvāsaṃ parihāsaṃ ca varjayet |
dattaṃ ca tābhyo nādeyamannādanyadbhiṣagvaraiḥ ||9||
1938 ed. 1.10.trailer
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne viśikhānupraveśanīyo nāma
daśamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||10||
1938 ed. 1.11.1
athātaḥ kṣārapākavidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.11.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.11.3
śastrānuśastrebhyaḥ kṣāraḥ pradhānatamaḥ,
chedyabhedyalekhyakaraṇāt tridoṣaghnatvād viśeṣakriyāvacāraṇāc ca
||3||
1938 ed. 1.11.4
tatra kṣaraṇāt kṣaṇanād vā kṣāraḥ ||4||
1938 ed. 1.11.5
nānauṣadhisamavāyāt tridoṣaghnaḥ , śuklatvāt saumyaḥ; tasya
saumyasyāpi sato dahanapacanadāraṇādiśaktiraviruddhā,
āgneyauṣadhiguṇabhūyiṣṭhatvāt kaṭuka uṣṇastīkṣṇaḥ pācano vilayanaḥ
śodhano ropaṇaḥ śoṣaṇaḥ stambhano lekhanaḥ
kṛmyāmakaphakuṣṭhaviṣamedasām upahantā puṃstvasya cātisevitaḥ
||5||
1938 ed. 1.11.6
sa dvividhaḥ pratisāraṇīyaḥ, pānīyaś ca ||6||
1938 ed. 1.11.7
tatra pratisāraṇīyaḥ
kuṣṭhakiṭibhadadrumaṇḍalakilāsabhagandarārbudārśoduṣṭavraṇanāḍīcarmakīla-
tilakālakanyacchavyaṅgamaśakabāhyavidradhikṛmiviṣādiṣūpadiśyate ,
saptasu ca mukharogeṣūpajihvādhijihvopakuśadantavaidarbheṣu tisṛṣu
ca rohiṇīṣu, eteṣv evānuśastrapraṇidhānam uktam ||7||
1938 ed. 1.11.8
pānīyas tu garagulmodarāgnisaṅgājīrṇārocakānāha-
śarkarāśmaryābhyantaravidradhikṛmiviṣārśaḥsūpayujyate ||8||
1938 ed. 1.11.9
ahitas tu raktapittajvaritapittaprakṛtibālavṛddhadurbalabhrama-
madamūrcchātimiraparītebhyo 'nyebhyaścaivaṃvidhebhyaḥ ||9||
1938 ed. 1.11.10
taṃ cetarakṣāravad dagdhvā parisrāvayet; tasya vistaro 'nyatra
||10||
1938 ed. 1.11.11
athetaras trividho mṛdurmadhyastīkṣṇaś ca | taṃ cikīrṣuḥ śaradi
girisānujaṃ śucir upoṣya praśaste 'hani praśastadeśajātam
anupahataṃ madhyamavayasaṃ mahāntamasitamuṣkakamadhivāsyāparedyuḥ
pāṭayitvā khaṇḍaśaḥ prakalpyāvapāṭya nivāte deśe nicitiṃ kṛtvā
sudhāśarkarāś ca prakṣipya tilanālair ādīpayet | athopaśānte 'gnau
tadbhasma pṛthaggṛhṇīyādbhasmaśarkarāś ca | athānenaiva vidhānena
kuṭajapalāśāśvakarṇapāribhadrakabibhītakāragvadhatilvakārkasnuhyapāmārgapāṭalānaktamālavṛṣakadalī-
citrakapūtīkendravṛkṣāsphotāśvamārakasaptacchadāgnimanthaguñjāś
catasraś ca kośātakīḥ samūlaphalapatraśākhā dahet | tataḥ
kṣāradroṇam udakadroṇaiḥ ṣaḍbhir āloḍya mūtrair vā yathoktair
ekaviṃśatikṛtvaḥ parisrāvya, mahati kaṭāhe śanair
darvyā'vaghaṭṭayan vipacet | sa yadā bhavaty accho raktas tīkṣṇaḥ
picchilaś ca tamādāya mahati vastre parisrāvyetaraṃ vibhajya punar
agnāv adhiśrayet | tata eva kṣārodakāt kuḍavamadhyardhaṃ
vā'panayet | tataḥ
kaṭaśarkarābhasmaśarkarākṣīrapākaśaṅkhanābhīragnivarṇāḥ
kṛtvā''yase pātre tasminn eva kṣārodake niṣicya piṣṭvā
1938 ed. 1.11.11b
tenaiva dvidroṇe 'ṣṭapalasammitaṃ śaṅkhanābhyādīnāṃ pramāṇaṃ
prativāpya , satatamapramattaścainamavaghaṭṭayan vipacet | sa
yathā nātisāndro nātidravaś ca bhavati tathā prayateta |
athainamāgatapākamavatāryānuguptamāyase kumbhe saṃvṛtamukhe
nidadhyādeṣa madhyamaḥ ||11||
1938 ed. 1.11.12
eṣa caivāpratīvāpaḥ pakvaḥ saṃvyūhimo mṛduḥ ||12||
1938 ed. 1.11.13
pratīvāpe yathālābhaṃ
dantīdravantīcitrakalāṅgalīpūtikapravālatālapatrīviḍasuvarcikākanakakṣīrīhiṅguvacātiviṣāḥ
samāḥ ślakṣṇacūrṇāḥ śuktipramāṇāḥ pratīvāpaḥ | sa eva sapratīvāpaḥ
pakvaḥ pākyastīkṣṇaḥ ||13||
1938 ed. 1.11.14
teṣāṃ yathāvyādhibalam upayogaḥ ||14||
1938 ed. 1.11.15
kṣīṇabale tu kṣārodakam āvaped balakaraṇārtham ||15||
1938 ed. 1.11.16
bhavataś cātra
naivātitīkṣṇo na mṛduḥ śuklaḥ ślakṣṇo 'tha picchilaḥ |
aviṣyandī śivaḥ śīghraḥ kṣāro hy aṣṭaguṇaḥ smṛtaḥ ||16||
1938 ed. 1.11.17
atimārdavaśvaity auṣṇyataikṣṇyapaicchilyasarpitāḥ |
sāndratā'pakvatā hīnadravyatā doṣa ucyate ||17||
1938 ed. 1.11.18
tatra kṣārasādhyavyādhivyādhitam upaveśya nivātātape deśe
'sambādhe 'gropaharaṇīyoktena vidhānenopasambhṛtasambhāraṃ, tato
'sya tam avakāśaṃ nirīkṣyāvaghṛṣyāvalikhya pracchayitvā , śalākayā
kṣāraṃ pratisārayet, dattvā vākśatamātram upekṣeta ||18||
1938 ed. 1.11.19
tasminnipatite vyādhau kṛṣṇatā dagdhalakṣaṇam
tatrāmlavargaḥ śamanaḥ sarpirmadhukasaṃyutaḥ ||19||
1938 ed. 1.11.20
atha cet sthiramūlatvāt kṣāradagdhaṃ na śīryate |
idamālepanaṃ tatra samagramavacārayet ||20||
1938 ed. 1.11.21
amlakāñjikabījāni tilān madhukam eva ca |
prapeṣya samabhāgāni tenainamanulepayet ||21||
1938 ed. 1.11.22
tilakalkaḥ samadhuko ghṛtākto vraṇaropaṇaḥ
rasenāmlena tīkṣṇena vīryoṣṇena ca yojitaḥ ||22||
1938 ed. 1.11.23
āgneyenāgninā tulyaḥ kathaṃ kṣāraḥ praśāmyati |
evaṃ cen manyase vatsa! procyamānaṃ nibodha me ||23||
1938 ed. 1.11.24
amlavarjān rasān kṣāre sarvāneva vibhāvayet |
kaṭukas tatra bhūyiṣṭho lavaṇo 'nurasas tathā |
amlena saha saṃyuktaḥ satīkṣṇalavaṇo rase ||24||
1938 ed. 1.11.25
mādhuryaṃ bhajate 'tyarthaṃ tīkṣṇabhāvaṃ vimuñcati |
mādhuryācchamamāpnoti vahniradbhir ivāplutaḥ ||25||
1938 ed. 1.11.26
tatra samyagdagdhe vikāropaśamo lāghavamanāsrāvaś ca |26|
hīnadagdhe todakaṇḍujāḍyāni vyādhivṛddhiś ca atidagdhe
dāhapākarāgasrāvāṅgamardaklamapipāsāmūrcchāḥ syur maraṇaṃ vā
||26||
1938 ed. 1.11.27
kṣāradagdhavraṇaṃ tu yathādoṣaṃ yathāvyādhi copakramet ||27||
1938 ed. 1.11.28
atha naite kṣārakṛtyāḥ tad yathā-
durbalabālasthavirabhīrusarvāṅgaśūnodariraktapittigarbhiṇyṛtumatīpravṛddhajvaripramehirūkṣakṣatakṣīṇa-
tṛṣṇāmūrcchopadrutaklībāpavṛttodvṛttaphalayonayaḥ ||28||
1938 ed. 1.11.29
tathā
marmasirāsnāyusandhitaruṇāsthisevanīdhamanīgalanābhinakhāntaḥśephaḥsrotaḥsvalpamāṃseṣu
ca deśeṣv akṣṇoś ca na dadyād anyatra vartmarogāt ||29||
1938 ed. 1.11.30
tatra kṣārasādhyeṣv api vyādhiṣu śūnagātram asthiśūlinam
annadveṣiṇaṃ hṛdayasandhipīḍopadrutaṃ ca kṣāro na sādhayati
(durbalabālasthavirādīn pratisāraṇīya iti) ||30||
1938 ed. 1.11.31
bhavati cātra
viṣāgniśastrāśanimṛtyukalpaḥ kṣāro bhavaty alpamatiprayuktaḥ |
sa dhīmatā samyag anuprayukto rogān nihanyād acireṇa ghorān
||31||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne
kṣārapākavidhir nāmaikādaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||11||
1938 ed. 1.12.1
|| athāto 'gnikarmavidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||1||
1938 ed. 1.12.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||2||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.1
athāta ityādi | agninā kṛtvā yat karma, agneḥ saṃbandhi vā yat
karma, tad agnikarma; tasya vidhir vidhānaṃ, tad yasminn adhyāye
vidyate taṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ | ‘agnikarmīyam’ ity anye paṭhanti,
“agnikarmādhikṛtya kṛto 'gnikarmīyaḥ” iti vyākhyānayanti ca
||1||2||
1938 ed. 1.12.3a
kṣārādagnirgarīyān kriyāsu vyākhyātaḥ,
1938 ed. 1.12.3b
taddagdhānāṃ rogāṇām apunarbhāvād
1938 ed. 1.12.3c
bheṣaja śastrakṣārair asādhyānāṃ tatsādhyatvāc ca
||3||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.3a
agnikarma māhātmyam āha,— kṣārād ityādi |—
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.3a
kṣārād guroḥ sakāśād agnir garīyān gurutaraḥ | kutra punaḥ kṣārād
agnir garīyān ity āha — kriyāsu karmasu, na tu guṇeṣu; guṇeṣu
punas tridoṣaghnacchedyabhedyalekhyakaraṇādiṣu kṣāra eva
pradhānaḥ; etena sve sve kṛtye dvayor api prādhānyam ity uktaṃ;
yathā — dṛḍhaprahāritvenārjunāt karṇaḥ, karṇād dūrāpātitvenārjunaḥ
pradhānam iti | vyākhyāta iti kathita ity arthaḥ |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.3b
pratijñātasya garīyas tv asya sādhakaṃ hetum āha —
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.3b
taddagdhānām iti | — agnidagdhānām; apunarbhāvād iti apunarbhāvas
tu sādhyānāṃ samyag dagdhānāṃ , etad viparyaye tv agnidagdhasyāpi
punar udbhavaḥ anye tv anyā samādadhati — arbudādayo 'gninā
samūlam unmūlitā mithyāhārādibhiḥ punardoṣaprakopāt tat sthāna
evānye jāyamānās tadvad upālabhyante | hetvantaraṃ samuccinvan
āha, — bheṣajetyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.3c
tatsādhyatvāt_ agnisādhyatvād ity arthaḥ | anye tu
‘svedaśastrakṣāraiḥ’ iti paṭhanti, tatrāyam arthaḥ —
bhagandarārśasādayaḥ pūrvaṃ svidyante, paścāt teṣu śastram
avacāryate; athavā svedagrahaṇaṃ bheṣajopalakṣaṇaṃ, bheṣajāśaktau
śastrāvacāraṇaṃ, śastrāśaktāv aśeṣavyādhiśamanāya kṣāraḥ,
kṣārāśakye 'vagāḍhamūle vyādhāv agnir iti ||3||
1938 ed. 1.12.4a
athemāni dahanopakaraṇāni bhavanti- tad yathā-
pippalyajāśakṛdgodantaśaraśalākā jāmbavauṣṭhetaralauhāḥ kṣaudraguḍasnehāś ca |
1938 ed. 1.12.4b
tatra, pippalyajāśakṛdgodantaśaraśalākās tvaggatānāṃ,
1938 ed. 1.12.4c
jāmbavauṣṭhetaralauhā māṃsagatānāṃ,
1938 ed. 1.12.4d
kṣaudraguḍasnehāḥ sirāsnāyusandhyasthigatānām ||4||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.4a
aganyavacāraṇopakaraṇāni nidarśayann āha, — athemānītyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.4a
ajāśakṛt chāgapurīṣaṃ; jāmbavauṣṭhaṃ jambūphalasadṛśamukhāgrā
kṛṣṇapāṣāṇaracitāvarttiḥ; itaralohās tāmrarajatādayaḥ, teṣāṃ
vikārā lauhāḥ; kṣaudraguḍasnehāś ceti cakārāt
sarjarasamadhūcchiṣṭādayaḥ |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.4b
agnyupakaraṇarāśitrayasya pratyekaṃ viṣayaṃ darśayann āha —
tatretyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.4b
tvaggatānām iti vātakaphakṛtānāṃ suptyādivikārāṇāṃ |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.4c
māṃsagatānāṃ vātakaphajavikārāṇām |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.4d
kṣaudraguḍasnehāḥ ity atrāpi vātakaphasambhūtānām iti bodhavyam |
nanu, kāśyapena muninā sirādiṣv agnikarma pratiṣiddhaṃ; tathā ca
tad vacanaṃ, — “na sirāsnāyusandhyasthimarmasv api kathaṃcana |
daṃśasyotkarttanaṃ kāryaṃ dāho vā bhiṣajāgninā” — iti; iha tu
sirādiṣv api agnikarmoktam , itthaṃ ca śāstrāntaravirodhaḥ; tan
na, atrāpi sirā snāyusandhyasthichedād raktātipravṛttau
vyāpatpratīkāyāgnikarmoktaṃ, na punaḥ sirādigatarogochedanāya,
yato māṃsadāhād eva sirādigatarogocchedo jāyata eva; tathā ca
bhadraśaunakaḥ, — “tvaṅmāṃsasaṃśrito vāyus tvagdāhenaiva śāmyati |
māṃse dagdhe hi śāmyanti sirāsnāyvasthisandhijāḥ” — iti ||4||
tasya kālaṃ sāpavādaṃ nirddiśann āha |
1938 ed. 1.12.5
tatrāgnikarma sarvartuṣu kuryād anyatra śaradgrīṣmābhyāṃ;
tatrāpyātyayike 'gnikarmasādhye vyādhau tatpratyanīkaṃ vidhiṃ
kṛtvā ||5||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.5
tasya kālaṃ sāpavādaṃ nirddiśann āha, — tatrāgnītyādi |
tatrāgnikarma sarvartuṣu kuryād ity utsargaḥ, anyatra
śaradgrīṣmābhyām ity apavādaḥ | śaradgrīṣmayor apy avasthāyāṃ
pravṛttim āha, — tatrāpītyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.5
trāpīti śaradgrīṣamyor api, ātyayike āśuprāṇavināśake,
tatpratyanīka vidhiṃ kṛtveti tasyāgnisamānasya
śaradgrīṣmābhidhānasyartoḥ, pratyanīkavidhiṃ viparitavidhānaṃ
śītācchādanabhojanapradehādikaṃ kṛtvā ‘agnikarma kuryāt’ ity
anuvarttate | atra pāṭhe kecid vidhiśabdaṃ na paṭhanti ||5||
1938 ed. 1.12.6a
sarvavyādhiṣvṛtuṣu ca picchilamannaṃ bhuktavataḥ;
1938 ed. 1.12.6b
mūḍhagarbhāśmarībhagandarodarārśomukharogeṣv abhuktavataḥ karma
kurvīta ||6||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.6a
sarvā'gnikarmāṃgavidhim āha, — sarvavyādhiṣv ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.6a
atrāpi ‘agnikarma kuryāt’ iti pratyekaṃ saṃbadhyate picchilam
annaṃ picchilavīryam annaṃ; śītamṛdupicchilānāṃ vīryāṇāṃ
pittaghnatvāt |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.6b
tatra pradeśeṣu bhojanasya pratiṣedham āha —
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.6b
mūḍhagarbhāśmarītyādi | eṣu bhojane kṛte ūrdhvādhovegābhyāṃ
karmavighātaḥ syāt kvacid udarānavakāśatvāt | kecid atra
‘mūḍhagarbhāśmarī’ ityādipāṭhaṃ na paṭhanti ||6||
1938 ed. 1.12.7
tatra dvividhamagnikarmāhureke- tvagdagdhaṃ, māṃsadagdhaṃ ca; iha
tu sirāsnāyu sandhyasthiṣv api na pratiṣiddho 'gniḥ ||7||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.7
agnikarmaṇy ekīyamataṃ darśayann āya, — tatra dvividam ityādi
|
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.7
svatantrasiddhāntaṃ darśayann āha — iha tu siretyādi | sirādiṣv
apy agnikarma kartavyam ity arthaḥ pūrvaṃ vyākhyātaḥ; “sirādiṣv
api agnikarmavidhir ātyayike vyādhāv eva, nānyatra” ity anye
vyākhyānayanti ||7||
1938 ed. 1.12.8
tatra, śabdaprādurbhāvo durgandhatā tvaksaṅkocaś ca tvagdagdhe,
kapotavarṇatā'lpaśvayathuvedanā śuṣkasaṅkucitavraṇatā ca
māṃsadagdhe; kṛṣṇonnatavraṇatā srāvasannirodhaś ca
sirāsnāyudagdhe, rūkṣāruṇatā karkaśasthiravraṇatā ca
sandhyasthidagdhe ||8||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.8a
tvagādiṣu karmaṇi kṛte prativiṣayaṃ bhedalakṣaṇaṃ darśayann āha,
— tatra śabdetyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.8b
sthiravraṇatā kaṭhinavraṇatā ||8||
1938 ed. 1.12.9a
tatra śirorogādhimanthayor bhrūlalāṭaśaṅkhapradeśeṣu dahet,
1938 ed. 1.12.9b
vartmarogeṣv ārdrālaktakapraticchannāṃ dṛṣṭiṃ kṛtvā
vartmaromakūpān ||9||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.9a
rogabhedāc charīrāvayavaviśeṣeṣv agnyavacāraṇaṃ darśayann āha, —
tatra śirorogetyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.9a
adhimanthaḥ akṣirogo 'bhiṣyandapūrvakaḥ | bhruvau akṣikūṭopari
romarājī, śaṅkhau bhrūkarṇayor madhyam | vartmadeśe yathā
'gnyavacāraṇaṃ tathā darśayann āha, — vartmarogeṣv ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.9b
‘dahet’ ity anuvartate | vartma netracchādanam | ārdrālaktaka
ārdrakarpaṭaḥ ||9||
1938 ed. 1.12.10
tvaṅmāṃsa sirāsnāyusandhyasthisthite 'tyugraruji vāyāv
ucchritakaṭhinasuptamāṃse vraṇe granthyarśo
'rbudabhagandarāpacīślīpadacarmakīlatilakālakāntravṛddhisandhisirācchedanādiṣu
nāḍīśoṇitātipravṛttiṣu cāgnikarma kuryāt ||10||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.10
śeṣaviṣayam avasthābhedena darśayann āha, — tvaṅmāṃsetyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.10
atyugraruje vāyau iti ugraśūle vāyau | ucchritakaṭhinasuptamāṃse
iti ucchritam utsedhavat, suptam acetanam | nāḍīti vraṇaviśeṣaḥ |
1938 ed. 1.12.11
tatra valaya-bindu-vilekhā-pratisāraṇānīti dahanaviśeṣāḥ ||11||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.11
praṇidhānākāraviśeṣam āha — tatra valayetyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.11
vyādhimūle valayam iva valayaṃ,| śalākāgranirmito bindur iva
binduḥ, tīryagṛjuvakrā vividhā lekhā vilekhā,
taptaśalākāprabhṛtibhir avagharṣaṇaṃ pratisāraṇaṃ; viśeṣā iti
āśrayavyādhivaśenākṛtibhedāḥ | tatra valayetyādigadyasyādau kecit
‘rogākṛtim avekṣya’ iti paṭhanti; sa ca nibandhakārair na
paṭhitaḥ, kutaḥ ? tasyārthasyāgrimaślokenaivoktatvāt ||11||
1938 ed. 1.12.12
bhavati cātra —
rogasya saṃsthānam avekṣya samyaṅ narasya marmāṇi balābalaṃ ca ||
vyādhiṃ tathartuṃ ca samīkṣya samyak tato 'vyavasyed bhiṣag
agnikarma ||12||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.12
valayādi dahanaviśeṣeṇārambhahetuṃ parihāryāṇi ca darśayitum āha,
— bhavati cātretyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.12
rogasya granthyādeḥ | saṃsthānam āyatādyākāram | etena
valayādyārambhahetuḥ kathitaḥ | parihāryāṇi ca kathayann āha, —
narasya marmāṇītyādi | balābalam iti ‘āturasya’ iti śeṣaḥ,
balavaty āture karmādhikāraḥ, abalavati parihāraḥ | vyādhiṃ
vātakaphātmakaṃ, tatrāgnikarmādhikāraḥ, parihāras tu raktapittādau
| ṛtum iti hemantādipravṛttiviṣayam, apravṛttis tu śaradgrīṣmayoḥ
| avekṣya samyag iti atraikasminn eva śloke
ekārthaśabdadvayakaraṇaṃ pravṛttinivṛtti viṣayor ubhayor
apy avekṣaṇe yatnaḥ kārya iti pratipādanārtham | adhyavasyet
kuryād ity arthaḥ | prathamasya ‘avekṣya samyak’ ity etasya sthāne
‘atho viditvā’ iti kecit paṭhanti, viditvā jñātvā ||12||
1938 ed. 1.12.13
tatra samyagdagdhe madhusarpirbhyām abhyaṅgaḥ ||13||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.13
idānīṃ samyagdagdhaṃ cikitsann āha, — tatra samyagdagdhe ityādi
|
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.13
agnikarmadūṣitaraktapittayoḥ prāsādāya vedanopaśamāya ca
||13||
1938 ed. 1.12.14
athemānagninā pariharet — pittaprakṛtim antaḥśoṇitaṃ
bhinnakoṣṭhamanuddhṛtaśalyaṃ durbalaṃ bālaṃ vṛddhaṃ
bhīrumaneka vraṇa pīḍitamasvedyāṃś ceti
||14||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.14
agninivṛttiviṣayaṃ darśayann āha — athemān ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.14
antaḥśoṇitaṃ bhinnakoṣṭham iti itthaṃbhūtasya puruṣasya
śoṇitanirodhena dāhapākādisaṃbhavāt | ‘anekavraṇapīḍitam’ ity asya
sthāne kecit ‘anekavyādhiparipīḍitam’ iti paṭhanti | asvedyāḥ
‘pāṇḍur mehī raktapittī tṛṣārta’ (ci. a. 32) ityādayaḥ ||14||
1938 ed. 1.12.15
ata ūrdhvamitarathādagdhalakṣaṇaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ | tatra, snigdhaṃ
rūkṣaṃ vā''(cā)śritya dravyamagnir dahati; agnisantapto hi snehaḥ
sūkṣmasirānusāritvāt tvagādīnanupraviśyāśu dahati; tasmāt
snehadagdhe 'dhikā rujo bhavanti ||15||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.15
valayādiprakārāt prakārāntareṇāgnidagdhalakṣaṇaṃ vaktum āha, —
ata ūrdhvam ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.15
itarathā dagdham iti prakārāntareṇa vaidyād ṛte pramādād dagdham
| tatretyādi dravyaṃ snigdhaṃ sarpirādi, rūkṣaṃ dravyaṃ
kāṣṭhapāṣāṇa loṣṭādi ||15||
1938 ed. 1.12.16a
tatra pluṣṭaṃ durdagdhaṃ samyagdagdhamatidagdhaṃ ceti
caturvidhamagnidagdham |
1938 ed. 1.12.16b
tatra yad vivarṇaṃ pluṣyate 'timātraṃ tat pluṣṭaṃ;
1938 ed. 1.12.16c
yatrottiṣṭhanti sphoṭās tīvrāś coṣadāharāgapākavedanāś cirāc
copaśāmyanti tad durdagdhaṃ;
1938 ed. 1.12.16d
samyagdagdham anavagāḍhaṃ tālavarṇaṃ susaṃsthitaṃ
pūrvalakṣaṇayuktaṃ ca;
1938 ed. 1.12.16e
atidagdhe māṃsāvalambanaṃ gātraviśleṣaḥ
sirāsnāyusandhyasthivyāpādanamatimātraṃ
jvaradāhapipāsāmūrcchāścopadravā bhavanti, vraṇaś cāsya cireṇa
rohati, rūḍhaś ca vivarṇo bhavati |
1938 ed. 1.12.16f
tad etac caturvidham agnidagdhalakṣaṇam ātmakarmaprasādhakaṃ
bhavati ||16||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.16
tatrāgnidagdhaṃ vaidyadoṣāt pramādād vā caturvidhaṃ darśayann āha
— tatra pluṣṭam ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.16
pluṣṭadurdagdhayor hīnadagdhatve 'pi pṛthakkaraṇaṃ
lakṣaṇacikitsābhedāt | ‘tatra pluṣṭam’ ityādigaṇanayaiva
catuḥsaṃkhyā labdhā, punaḥ ‘caturvidham’ itikaraṇaṃ
pluṣṭadurdagdhābhyāṃ bhedābhyāṃ hīnadagdhasya
tripakāradāhaśaṅkānirāsārtham |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.16b
eṣāṃ lakṣaṇam āha, — tatra yad vivarṇam ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.16b
tatra teṣu madhye | vivarṇaṃ prākṛtavarṇād anyavarṇam | pluṣyate
'timātram atyarthaṃ dahyate na ca sphoṭotpattiḥ syāt | anye tv
atra ‘pluṣṭam atimātraṃ vivarṇaṃ yat pluṣyate’ iti paṭhanti
vyākhyānayanti ca — atimātraṃ vivarṇaṃ yat pluṣyata iti
agnitāpenotsvinnam iva bhavati; vivarṇam atra pāṇḍuvarṇam |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.16c
yatretyādi | coṣa ākṛṣyata iva vedanāviśeṣaḥ, dāho bhasmasād
bhavatīva, rāgo raktatā, vedanā oṣādayaḥ |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.16d
samyagdagdham ityādi | anavagāḍham atidagdha lakṣaṇarahitam | tālavarṇaṃ pakvatālaphalavarṇam ity
arthaḥ; ‘pakvatālavarṇam ity eke paṭhanti, apare tu
‘tālapakvaphalavarṇaṃ’ iti | susaṃsthitaṃ
atyunnatāvanatādidoṣavarjitam | pūrvalakṣaṇayuktaṃ ceti
tvaṅmāṃsasirāsnāyusandhyasthidāhaliṅgayuktam |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.16e
atidagdhe ityādi | gātraviśleṣo viṣaṭanaṃ, vyāpādanaṃ hiṃsanam |
atimātraśabdo jvarādibhiḥ saha pratyekaṃ saṃbadhyate | mūrchāś
ceti || cakārāc choṇitasrāvādayaś ca |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.16f
tadetadityādi | pluṣṭādibhedena caturvidham apy agnikarma
vaidyasya yadātmakarma cikitsārūpaṃ tasya prasādhakaṃ bhavatīty
arthaḥ | nanu, samyagdagdhalakṣaṇam eva
vaidyasyātmakarmaprasādhakaṃ bhavati, na punaḥ
pluṣṭadurdagdhātidagdhalakṣaṇaṃ; satyaṃ, samyagdagdhalakṣaṇaṃ
vaidyakarmaprasādhakam upādeyatvena,
pluṣṭadurdagdhātidagdhalakṣaṇaṃ parihāryatveneti na doṣaḥ | anye
cānyathā paṭhanti — ‘tad etac caturvidham agnidagdhalakṣaṇaṃ
pūrvoktakarmaprasādhakaṃ bhavati’ — iti, vyākhyānayanti ca —
“pūrvoktaṃ tvaṅmāṃsāśritaṃ yad agnikarma tallakṣaṇaprasādhakaṃ
dyotakaṃ bhavati; athavā pūrvokteṣv agnisādhyeṣu
śirorogādhimanthādiṣu yad agnikarma tat prasādhakaṃ
heyopādeyarūpatayety arthaḥ” iti | apare tu ‘tad etac caturvidham
agnidagdhalakṣaṇaṃ pūrvoktakarmaprasādhanaṃ ca bhavati’ iti
cakāraṃ paṭhanti vyākhyānayanti ca; teṣāṃ mate yad etac
caturvidham agnikarma tat kathaṃ cikitsanīyam ity āha, —
pūrvoktakarmaprasādhanaṃ; pūrvapratipāditā yā kriyā tatpratīkāraṃ
tac cikitsitam ity arthaḥ | pūrvapratipāditakriyā tu ‘samyagdagdhe
madhusarpirbhyām abhyaṅga’ ityādikā | cakārād
vakṣyamāṇāparāgnipluṣṭapratapanādikarmaprasādhakam iti jñeyam
||16||
1938 ed. 1.12.17
bhavanti cātra - agninā kopitaṃ raktaṃ bhṛśaṃ jantoḥ prakupyati |
tatas tenaiva vegena pittamasyābhyudīryate ||17||
1938 ed. 1.12.18
tulyavīrye ubhe hyete rasato dravyatas tathā | tenāsya
vedanāstīvrāḥ prakṛtyā ca vidahyate ||18||
1938 ed. 1.12.19
sphoṭāḥ śīghraṃ prajāyante jvaras tṛṣṇā ca bādhate ||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.17
idānīṃ sarvāgnidagdheṣu cikitsārthaṃ viśiṣṭadūṣyadoṣayor duṣṭiṃ
darśayann āha, — bhavanti cātretyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.17
tatas tadanantaram | tenaivāgninā raktena cyety arthaḥ ||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.18
kutaḥ punaḥ prādhānyenāgnidagdhe pittam evodīryata ity āha —
tulyavīrye ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.17ab-19ab
hi yasmāt kāraṇāt, ete dve apy agnipitte, tulyavīrye uṣṇavīrye,
rasato rasāt dve api kaṭuke, dravyato dravyād api tulye; tathā hi,
— sadṛśa evādhāro vahneḥ pittasyāpi, dravyaṃ cātra rasādyādhāra
ucyate; tataḥ kāraṇāt tenāgninā 'sya pittasya kopitasya vedanā
dāhādikā ‘bhavanti’ iti vākyaśeṣaḥ | prakṛtyā ca vidahyata iti |
prakṛtyā svabhāvena, vidahyate vidāham upayāti | tābhyām eva
raktapittābhyāṃ sphoṭā jvarādayaś ca śīghraṃ prajāyanta iti | anye
tu ‘ubhe’ ity atra ‘raktapitte’ iti vyākhyānayanti | uṣṇavīryatvaṃ
ca | madhurarasasyāpi raktapittasya yāntrikekṣurasavad vidāhitvāt
| dravyata iti ete dve api raktapitte dravyād api tulye,
dravyaśabdenātra hetvādhārau kathyete; tad yathā — taktapittayor
dvayor api tejo hetuḥ, ādhāraś ca dvayor api teja eveti
||17||18||—
1938 ed., 1.12.19cd
dagdhasyopaśamārthāya cikitsā sampravakṣyate ||19||
1938 ed. 1.12.20ab
pluṣṭasyāgnipratapanaṃ kāryamuṣṇaṃ tathauṣadham |
1938 ed. 1.12.20cd
śarīre svinnabhūyiṣṭhe svinnaṃ bhavati śoṇitam ||20||
1938 ed. 1.12.21
prakṛtyā hyudakaṃ śītaṃ skandayatyatiśoṇitam | tasmāt sukhayati
hyuṣṇaṃ nanu śītaṃ kathañcana ||21||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.20ab
dagdhasyetyādi | agnipratapanaṃ svedanaṃ | uṣṇam tathauṣadham iti
ālepanānnapānādikam |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.20cd
kutaḥ kāraṇād atra śarīram upacaryate nāgnikopitaṃ raktapittam
ity āha, — śarīre ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.20cd
svinnabhūyiṣṭhe atyarthaṃ svinne | svalpam api raktaṃ yady
asvinnaṃ bhavati tadā raktapittopaśamanena śītopacāreṇa duḥkham
utpādayatīti darśayann āha, — prakṛtyetyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.21
skandayaty atiśoṇitam iti raktam atyarthaṃ styānatāṃ nayatīty
arthaḥ | styānena raktena ca ruddhamārgo vāyur ūṣmāpy anirgacchan
pluṣṭe śūlaśopharāgādikāṃ vedanāṃ karoti, ataḥ śīta kriyā
na sukhaṃ karoti; uṣṇakriyā punā raktavilayanakarī bhavati, ata
ūṣma niḥsaraṇavātānulomahetuḥ sā 'tisukhayati
||19–21||
1938 ed. 1.12.22
śītāmuṣṇāṃ ca durdagdhe kriyāṃ kuryād bhiṣak punaḥ |
ghṛtālepanasekāṃs tu śītānevāsya kārayet ||22||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.21
durddagdhakriyāṃ nirddiśann āha, — śītām ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.22
durddagdhe 'vagāḍhamūladagdhabhāgasya svinnaraktasya
nirvāpaṇārthaṃ śītāṃ kriyāṃ kuryāt,
anavagāḍhamūladagdhabhāgasyāsvinnaraktasya vilayanārtham uṣṇāṃ
kriyāṃ kuryāt; anye tu śītāṃ dāhātiśaye, nātidāhe ūṣṇām iti |
punaḥ kiṃ kuryād ity āha, ghṛtālepanādīn api śītān eva kārayed iti
| evaṃ sukhībhavati vraṇarohaṇaṃ ca ||22||
1938 ed. 1.12.23
samyagdagdhe tugākṣīrīplakṣacandanagairikaiḥ | sāmṛtaiḥ sarpiṣā
snigdhairālepaṃ kārayed bhiṣak ||23||
1938 ed. 1.12.24
grāmyānūpaudakaiścainaṃ piṣṭairmāṃsaiḥ pralepayet |
pittavidradhivaccainaṃ santatoṣmāṇamācaret ||24||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.23
samyagdagdhe cikitsām āha — samyagdagdha ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.23-24
tugākṣīrī vaṃśarocanā, anye tu vaṃśarocanānukāri pārthivaṃ
dravyaṃ, plakṣaḥ parkaṭī, candanaṃ raktacandanaṃ, sāmṛtair iti
guḍūcīsahitaiḥ; etais tugākṣīryādidravyair ghṛtasnigdhīkṛtaiḥ
pittapratyanīkam aviśoṣiṇaṃ lepaṃ samyagdagdhe kārayed ity arthaḥ
| vātaśāntyarthaṃ pralepam āha, — grāmyetyādi | grāmyā aśvādayaḥ,
ānūpā varāhamahiṣādayaḥ, audakāḥ kūrmādayaḥ | pittavidradhivad
ityādi | enaṃ samyagdagdhaṃ saṃtatoṣmāṇaṃ balavattaroṣmāṇam
||23||24||
1938 ed. 1.12.25
atidagdhe viśīrṇāni māṃsānyuddhṛtya śītalām |
kriyāṃ kuryād bhiṣak paścāc chālitaṇḍulakaṇḍanaiḥ ||25||
1938 ed. 1.12.26
tindukītvakkapālair vā ghṛtamiśraiḥ pralepayet |
vraṇaṃ guḍūcīpatrair vā chādayed athavaudakaiḥ ||26||
1938 ed. 1.12.27ab
kriyāṃ ca nikhilāṃ kuryād bhiṣak pittavisarpavat ||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.25
atidagdhe cikitsām āha, — atidagdhe ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.25-27ab
viśīrṇāni avalambitāni | śālitaṇḍulakaṇḍanair iti
śālitaṇḍulakaṇḍanodbhavair guṇḍanaiḥ karṇair ity arthaḥ; karṇaiś
ca cūrṇaprayogakāle ‘avacūrṇayet’ ity adhyāhāraḥ |
tindukītvakkapālair veti tindukīvalkalakarparaiḥ; ‘tindukītvacā
tindukīvalkalena, kapālair mṛtkharparaiḥ’ ity anye |
‘tindukītvakkaṣāyair vā’ iti kecit paṭhanti; tindukyā yā tvak tayā
pralepayet, kaṣāyāḥ kaṣāyavṛkṣāś ca ye tair apīty arthaḥ | anye tu
kaṣāyaśabdena cūṇam āhuḥ, tatra tindukīvalkalacūṇair ity arthaḥ |
audakaiḥ padmotpalādipatraiḥ, pittaraktopadruto vraṇo
guḍūcyādipatracchādanenoṣmāṇaṃ tyaktvā sukhaṃ saṃrohati
||25||26||—
1938 ed. 1.12.27cd
madhūcchiṣṭaṃ samadhukaṃ rodhraṃ sarjarasaṃ tathā ||27||
1938 ed. 1.12.28
mañjiṣṭhāṃ candanaṃ mūrvāṃ piṣṭvā sarpir vipācayet |
sarveṣāmagnidagdhānāmetadropaṇam uttamam ||28||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.25-27ab
sarveṣv agnidagdheṣu ropaṇārthaṃ cikitsāṃ darśaryann āha, —
madhūcchiṣṭam ityādi | ||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.27cd-28ab
idaṃ ca samānyaṃ ropaṇaṃ ghṛtaṃ kecit paṭhanti, na tu
nibandhakārā iti; sūpayogitvān mayā 'pi likhitam ||27||28||
1938 ed. 1.12.29ab
snehadagdhe kriyāṃ rūkṣāṃ viśeṣeṇāvacārayet ||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.29ab
snehadagdhe cikitsām āha, — snehadagdhe ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.29ab
rūkṣadagdhe punar anuktām api snigdhāṃ kriyām avacārayet | —
1938 ed. 1.12.29cd
ata ūrdhvaṃ pravakṣyāmi dhūmopahatalakṣaṇam ||29||
1938 ed. 1.12.30
śvasiti kṣauti cātyartham apy ādhamati kāsate |
cakṣuṣoḥ paridāhaś ca rāgaś caivopajāyate ||30||
1938 ed. 1.12.31
sadhūmakaṃ niśvasiti ghreyamanyanna vetti ca |
tathaiva ca rasān sarvān śrutiś cāsyopahanyate ||31||
1938 ed. 1.12.32abc
tṛṣṇādāhajvarayutaḥ sīdaty atha ca mūrcchati |
dhūmopahata ity eṣaḥ
1938 ed. 1.12.32d
śṛṇu tasya cikitsitam ||32||
1938 ed. 1.12.33
sarpirikṣurasaṃ drākṣāṃ payo vā śarkarāmbu vā |
madhurāmlau rasau vā'pi vamanāya pradāpayet ||33||
1938 ed. 1.12.34
vamataḥ koṣṭhaśuddhiḥ syāddhūmagandhaśca naśyati |
vidhinā'nena śāmyanti sadanakṣavathujvarāḥ ||34||
1938 ed. 1.12.35
dāha mūrcchā tṛḍādhmāna śvāsakāsāś ca
dāruṇāḥ |
madhurairlavaṇāmlaiś ca kaṭukaiḥ kavalagrahaiḥ ||35||
1938 ed. 1.12.36ab
samyaggṛhṇātīndriyārthān manaś cāsya prasīdati |
1938 ed. 1.12.36cd
śirovirecanaṃ cāsmai dadyād yogena śāstravit ||36||
1938 ed. 1.12.37
dṛṣṭir viśudhyate cāsya śirogrīvaṃ ca dehinaḥ |
avidāhi laghu snigdhamāhāraṃ cāsya kalpayet ||37||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.29cd
idānīṃ kaṇṭhanāsādiṣu karmaṇi kṛte dhumopaghātalakṣaṇaṃ cikitsāṃ
ca darśayann āha, — ata ūrdhvam ityādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.29cd-32c
śvasiti śvāsaṃ karoti | kṣauti cātyartham iti atiśayena chikkati
| ādhamati ādhmānayukto bhavati | rāgaḥ pītalohitatā akṣṇoḥ |
ghreyam anyan na vetti ceti nāsāgatadoṣeṇa dhūmād anyad ghreyaṃ na
vetti, ‘ghreyaṃ tāvan na vetti anyat spṛśyaṃ dṛśyaṃ ca na vetti’
ity anye | rasān sarvān ity atra ‘na vetti’ iti saṃbadhyate |
śrutiś cāsyopahanyata iti na śṛṇotīty arthaḥ, śrotragatadoṣeṇa |
tṛṣṇādāhajvarayuta iti sparśadoṣeṇa | sīdati kriyāsvasamartho
bhavatīty arthaḥ ||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.33-37
śṛṇu tasyetyādi | sarpir ikṣurasam ity eko yogaḥ, drākṣāṃ payo
veti dvitīyaḥ, śarkarāmbu veti tṛtīyaḥ, madhurāmlau rasau vā'pīti
caturthaḥ | sadanam aṅgaglāniḥ | yogena mātrayā ||29–37||
1938 ed. 1.12.38ab
uṣṇavātātapairdagdhe śītaḥ kāryo vidhiḥ sadā |
1938 ed. 1.12.38cd
śītavarṣānilairdagdhe snigdhamuṣṇaṃ ca śasyate ||38||
1938 ed. 1.12.39
tathā'titejasā dagdhe siddharnāsti kathañcana |
1938 ed. 1.12.39edef
indravajrāgnidagdhe 'pi jīvati pratikārayet |
snehābhyaṅgaparīṣekaiḥ pradehaiś ca tathā bhiṣak ||39||
1938 ed. 1.12.trailer
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne 'gnikarmavidhirnāma dvādaśo
'dhyāyaḥ ||12||
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.33-37
idānīṃ dagdhacikitsāprasaṅgena dagdhasadṛśasya cikitsāṃ darśayann
āha, — uṣṇetyādi |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.38ab
uṣṇavāto graiṣmikaḥ śārado vā, uṣṇavātenātapena ca dagdha iva
dagdhaḥ; uṣṇavātātapābhyām iti dvivacane prāpte bahuvacanam
anuktoṣṇaprāpaṇārthaṃ | sadāsthāne kecid ‘vraṇe’ iti paṭhanti
vyākhyānayanti ca — vraṇe iti tvagādivraṇavastuni |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.38cd
śītavarṣānilair dagdhe iti śītaṃ himaṃ, himadagdhas tuṣāradagdha
iti lokoktyā himadagdhe 'pi dāhasādṛśyam asti; varṣānila iti
vṛṣṭisaṃyukto vātaḥ, atrāpi bahuvacanam anuktaśītaprāpaṇārtham |
‘dagdhe’ ity asya sthāne kecit ‘hate’ iti paṭhanti |
Ḍalhaṇa on 1.12.39ab
tathā'titejasā dagdhe iti atitejasā vajrāgninā | ‘tathā'titejasā
dagdhe na sidhyati kathaṃcana’ iti yat kṛtaṃ tat kiṃcid dagdhe
siddhir api bhavatīti jñāpanārtham | tatra ca pūrvoktena vidhinā
śītoṣṇādinā pratikartavyam iti | asyāgre kecit
“indravajrāgnidagdhe 'pi jivati pratikārayet |
snehābhyaṅgaparīṣekaiḥ pradehaiś ca tathā bhiṣak” — iti paṭhanti |
taṃ ca nibandhakārā na paṭhanti ||38||39||
iti śrīḍalha(hla)ṇaviracitāyāṃ
suśrutavyākhyāyāṃ nibandhasaṃgrahākhyāyāṃ sūtrasthāne dvādaśo
'dhyāyaḥ ||
trayodaśo 'dhyāyaḥ |
1938 ed. 1.13.1
athāto jalaukāvacāraṇīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.3
nṛpāḍhya bāla sthavira bhīru durbala nārī sukumārāṇām
anugrahārthaṃ paramasukumāro 'yaṃ śoṇitāvasecanopāyo 'bhihito
jalaukasaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.4
tatra vātapittakaphaduṣṭaśoṇitaṃ yathāsaṃkhyaṃ
śṛṅgajalaukālābubhir avasecayet sarvāṇi sarvair vā (viśeṣas tu
visrāvyaṃ śṛṅgajalaukālābubhir gṛhṇīyāt) ||
1938 ed. 1.13.5ab
bhavanti cātra ślokāḥ |
uṣṇaṃ samadhuraṃ snigdhaṃ gavāṃ śṛṅgaṃ prakīrtitam |
tasmād vātopasṛṣṭe tu hitaṃ tad avasecane ||
1938 ed. 1.13.6
śītādhivāsā madhurā jalaukā vārisaṃbhavā |
tasmāt pittopasṛṣṭe tu hitā sā tv avasecane ||
1938 ed. 1.13.7
alābu kaṭukaṃ rūkṣaṃ tīkṣṇaṃ ca parikīrtitam |
tasmāc chleṣmopasṛṣṭe tu hitaṃ tad avasecane ||
1938 ed. 1.13.8
tatra pracchite tanu basti paṭalāvanaddhena
śṛṅgeṇa śoṇitam avasecayed ācūṣaṇāt sāntardīpayā 'lābvā |
(jalāyukā vakṣyante) ||
1938 ed. 1.13.9
jalam āsām āyur iti jalāyukāḥ jalam āsām oka iti jalaukasaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.10
tā dvādaśa tāsāṃ saviṣāḥ ṣaṭ tāvatya eva nirviṣāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.11
tatra saviṣāḥ kṛṣṇā karburā alagardā indrāyudhā sāmudrikā
gocandanā ceti | tāsu añjanacūrṇavarṇā pṛthuśirāḥ kṛṣṇā
varmimatsyavad āyatā chinnonnatakukṣiḥ karburā romaśā mahāpārśvā
kṛṣṇamukhī alagardā indrāyudhavad ūrdhvarājibhiś citritā
indrāyudhā īṣadasitapītikā vicitrapuṣpākṛticitrā sāmudrikāḥ
govṛṣaṇavad adhobhāge dvidhābhūtākṛtir aṇumukhī gocandaneti |
tābhir daṣṭe puruṣe daṃśe śvayathur atimātraṃ kaṇḍūrmūrcchā jvaro
dāhaś chardir madaḥ sadanam iti liṅgāni bhavanti | tatra mahāgadaḥ
pānālepananasya karmādiṣūpayojyaḥ | indrāyudhādaṣṭam asādhyam |
ity etāḥ saviṣāḥ sacikitsitā vyākhyātāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.12
atha nirviṣāḥ kapilā piṅgalā śaṅkumukhī mūṣikā puṇḍarīkamukhī
sāvarikā ceti | tatra manaḥśilārañjitābhyām iva pārśvābhyāṃ pṛṣṭhe
snigdhā mudgavarṇā kapilā kiṃcidraktā vṛttakāyā piṅgalā ''śugā ca
piṅgalā yakṛdvarṇā śīghrapāyinī dīrghatīkṣṇamukhī śaṅkumukhīḥ
mūṣikākṛtivarṇā 'niṣṭagandhā ca mūṣikā mudgavarṇā
puṇḍarīkatulyavaktrā puṇḍarīkamukhī snigdhā padmapatravarṇā
'ṣṭādaśāṅgulapramāṇā sāvarikā sā ca paśvarthe ity etā aviṣā
vyākhyātāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.13
tāsāṃ yavanapāṇḍyasahya pautanādīni kṣetrāṇi teṣu
mahāśarīrā balavatyaḥ śīghrapāyinyo mahāśanā nirviṣāś ca viśeṣeṇa
bhavanti |
1938 ed. 1.13.14
tatra saviṣa matsya kīṭa dardura mūtra purīṣa kothajātāḥ kaluṣeṣv ambhaḥsu ca saviṣāḥ
padmotpala nalina kumuda saugandhika kuvalaya puṇḍarīka śaivala kotha jātā
vimaleṣv ambhaḥsu ca nirviṣāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.15
bhavati cātra |
kṣetreṣu vicaranty etāḥ salilāḍhyasugandhiṣu |
na ca saṃkīrṇacāriṇyo na ca paṅkeśayāḥ sukhāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.16
tāsāṃ grahaṇam ārdracarmaṇā, anyair vā prayogair gṛhṇīyāt ||
1938 ed. 1.13.17
athaināṃ nave mahati ghaṭe sarastaḍāgodakapaṅkam āvāpya nidadhyāt
bhakṣyārthe cāsām upaharec chaivalaṃ vallūram audakāṃś ca kandāṃś
cūrṇīkṛtya śayyārthaṃ tṛṇam audakāni ca patrāṇi tryahāt tryahāc
cābhyo 'nyaj jalaṃ bhakṣyaṃ ca dadyāt saptarātrāt saptarātrāc ca
ghaṭam anyaṃ saṃkrāmayet ||
1938 ed. 1.13.18
bhavati cātra |
sthūlamadhyāḥ parikliṣṭāḥ pṛthvyo mandaviceṣṭitāḥ |
agrāhiṇyo 'lpapāyinyaḥ saviṣāś ca na pūjitāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.19
atha jalauko 'vasekasādhyavyādhitam upaveśya saṃveśya vā virūkṣya
cāsya tam avakāśaṃ mṛdgomayacūrṇair yady arujaḥ syāt | gṛhītāś ca
tāḥ sarṣaparajanī kalkodaka pradigdha gātrīḥ salilasarakamadhye muhūrtasthitā vigataklamā jñātvā
tābhī rogaṃ grāhayet | ślakṣṇaśuklārdrapicuprotāvacchannāṃ kṛtvā
mukham apāvṛṇuyāt agṛhṇantyai kṣīrabinduṃ śoṇitabinduṃ vā dadyāt,
śastrapadāni vā kurvīta yady evam api na gṛhṇīyāt tadā'nyāṃ
grāhayet ||
1938 ed. 1.13.20
yadā ca niviśate 'śvakhuravad ānanaṃ kṛtvonnamya ca skandhaṃ tadā
jānīyād gṛhṇātīti gṛhṇantīṃ cārdravastrāvacchannāṃ kṛtvā dhārayet
||
1938 ed. 1.13.21
daṃśe toda kaṇḍu prādur bhāvair
jānīyāc chuddham iyam ādatta iti śuddham ādadānām apanayet atha
śoṇitagandhena na muñcen mukham asyāḥ saindhavacūrṇenāvakiret ||
1938 ed. 1.13.22
atha patitāṃ taṇḍula kaṇḍana pradigdhagātrīṃ
tailalavaṇābhyaktamukhīṃ vāmahastāṅguṣṭhāṅgulībhyāṃ gṛhītapucchāṃ
dakṣiṇahastāṅguṣṭhāṅgulibhyāṃ śanaiḥ śanair anulomam anumārjayed ā
mukhāt vāmayet tāvad yāvat samyagvāntaliṅgānīti | samyagvāntā
salilasarake nyastā bhoktukāmā satī caret | yā sīdatī
na ceṣṭate sā durvāntā tāṃ punaḥ samyag vāmayet | durvāntāyā
vyādhir asādhya indramado nāma bhavati | atha suvāntāṃ pūrvavat
sannidadhyāt ||
1938 ed. 1.13.23
śoṇitasya yogāyogān avekṣya śatadhautaghṛtābhyaṅgas tat
picudhāraṇaṃ vāi jalaukovraṇān madhunā'vaghaṭṭayet śitābhir adbhiś
pariṣecayed badhnīta vā kaṣāyamadhurasnigdhaśītaiś ca pradehaiḥ
pradihyād iti ||
1938 ed. 1.13.24
bhavati cātra |
kṣetrāṇi grahaṇaṃ jātīḥ poṣaṇaṃ sāvacāraṇam |
jalaukasāṃ ca yo vetti tat sādhyān sa jayed gadān ||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne
jalaukāvacāraṇīyo nāma trayodaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.14.1
athātaḥ śoṇitavarṇanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.14.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.14.3
tatra pāñcabhautikasya caturvidhasya ṣaḍrasasya
dvividhavīryasyāṣṭavidhavīryasya vā'nekaguṇasyopayuktasyāhārasya
samyakpariṇatasya yas tejobhūtaḥ sāraḥ paramasūkṣmaḥ sa `rasaḥ’
ity ucyate, tasya hṛdayaṃ sthānaṃ sa hṛdayāc caturviṃśati dhamanīr
anupraviśyor dhvag ādaśa daśādhogāminyaś catasraś ca tiryaggāḥ
kṛtsnaṃ śarīram aharahas tarpayati vardhayati dhārayati yāpayati
cādṛṣṭahetukena karmaṇā | tasya śarīram anusarato 'numānād gatir
upalakṣayitavyā kṣayavṛddhivaikṛtaiḥ | tasmin
sarvaśarīrāvayavadoṣadhātumalāśayānusāriṇi rase jijñāsā kim ayaṃ
saumyas taijasa? iti | atrocyate sa khalu dravānusārī
snehanajīvanatarpaṇadhāraṇādibhir viśeṣaiḥ saumya ity avagamyate
||3||
1938 ed. 1.14.4
sa khalv āpyo raso yakṛtplīhānau prāpya rāgam upaiti ||4||
1938 ed. 1.14.5
ślokau cātra bhavataḥ
rañjitās tejasā tv āpaḥ śarīrasthena dehinām |
avyāpannāḥ prasannena raktam ity abhidhīyate ||5||
1938 ed. 1.14.6
rasād eva striyā raktaṃ rajaḥsañjñaṃ pravartate |
tad varṣād dvādaśād ūrdhvaṃ yāti pañcāśataḥ kṣayam ||6||
1938 ed. 1.14.7
ārtavaṃ śoṇitaṃ tv āgneyam agnīṣomīyatvād garbhasya ||7||
1938 ed. 1.14.8
pāñcabhautikaṃ tv apare jīvaraktam āhur ācāryāḥ ||8||
1938 ed. 1.14.9
visratā dravatā rāgaḥ spandanaṃ laghutā tathā |
bhūmyādīnāṃ guṇā hyete dṛśyante cātra śoṇite ||9||
1938 ed. 1.14.10
rasād raktaṃ tato māṃsaṃ māṃsān medaḥ prajāyate |
medaso 'sthi tato majjā majjñaḥ śukraṃ tu jāyate ||10||
1938 ed. 1.14.11
tatraiteṣāṃ dhātūnām annapānarasaḥ prīṇayitā ||11||
1938 ed. 1.14.12
rasajaṃ puruṣaṃ vidyād rasaṃ rakṣet prayatnataḥ |
annātpānāñ ca matimān ācārāñ cāpy atandritaḥ ||12||
1938 ed. 1.14.13
tatra rasa gatau dhātuḥ aharahar gacchatīty ato rasaḥ ||13||
1938 ed. 1.14.14
sa khalu trīṇi trīṇi kalāsahasrāṇi pañcadaśa ca kalā ekaikasmin
dhātāv avatiṣṭhate evaṃ māsena rasaḥ śukraṃ strīṇāṃ cārtavaṃ
bhavati ||14||
1938 ed. 1.14.15
bhavati cātra
aṣṭādaśasahasrāṇi saṅkhyā hy asmin samuccaye |
kalānāṃ navatiḥ proktā svatantraparatantrayoḥ ||15||
1938 ed. 1.14.16
sa śabdārcir jalasantānavad aṇunā viśeṣeṇānudhāvaty evaṃ śarīraṃ
kevalam ||16||
1938 ed. 1.14.17
vājīkaraṇyas tv oṣadhayaḥ svabalaguṇotkarṣād virecanavad
upayuktāḥ śukraṃ śīghraṃ virecayanti ||17||
1938 ed. 1.14.18
yathā hi puṣpamukulastho gandho na śakyam ihāstīti vaktuṃ, naiva
nāstīti; atha cāsti, satāṃ bhāvānām abhivyaktir iti jñātvā kevalaṃ
saukṣmyān nābhivyajyate; sa eva vivṛtapatrakeśare puṣpe
kālāntareṇābhivyaktiṃ gacchati evaṃ bālānām api vayaḥpariṇāmāc
chukraprādurbhāvo bhavati, romarājyādayaś ca viśeṣā nārīṇām ||18||
1938 ed. 1.14.19
sa evānnaraso vṛddhānāṃ (jarā) paripakvaśarīratvād aprīṇano
bhavati ||19||
1938 ed. 1.14.20
ta ete śarīradhāraṇād dhātava ity ucyante ||20||
1938 ed. 1.14.21
teṣāṃ kṣayavṛddhī śoṇitanimitte, tasmāt tad adhikṛtya vakṣyāmaḥ |
tatra, phenilamaruṇaṃ kṛṣṇaṃ paruṣaṃ tanu śīghragamaskandi ca
vātena duṣṭaṃ; nīlaṃ pītaṃ haritaṃ śyāvaṃ visramaniṣṭaṃ
pipīlikāmakṣikāṇāmaskandi ca pittena duṣṭaṃ; gairikodakapratīkāśaṃ
snigdhaṃ śītalaṃ bahalaṃ picchilaṃ cirasrāvi māṃsapeśīprabhaṃ ca
śleṣmaduṣṭaṃ; sarvalakṣaṇasaṃyuktaṃ kāñjikābhaṃ viśeṣato durgandhi
ca sannipātaduṣṭaṃ; dvidoṣaliṅgaṃ saṃsṛṣṭam ||21||
1938 ed. 1.14.22
indragopakapratīkāśamasaṃhatamavivarṇaṃ ca prakṛtisthaṃ jānīyāt
||22||
1938 ed. 1.14.23
visrāvyāṇyanyatra vakṣyāmaḥ ||23||
1938 ed. 1.14.24
athāvisrāvyāḥ sarvāṅgaśophaḥ, kṣīṇasya cāmlabhojananimittaḥ,
pāṇḍurogyarśasodariśoṣigarbhiṇīnāṃ ca śvayathavaḥ ||24||
1938 ed. 1.14.25
śastravisrāvaṇaṃ dvividhaṃ pracchānaṃ sirāvyadhanaṃ ca ||25||
1938 ed. 1.14.26
tatra ṛjvasaṅkīrṇaṃ sūkṣmaṃ samam anavagāḍham anuttānam āśu ca
śastraṃ pātayen marmasirāsnāyusandhīnāṃ cānupaghāti ||26||
1938 ed. 1.14.27
tatra durdine durviddhe śītavātayor asvinne bhuktamātre
skandatvāc choṇitaṃ na sravaty alpaṃ vā sravati ||27||
1938 ed. 1.14.28
madamūrcchāśramārtānāṃ vātaviṇmūtrasaṅginām |
nidrābhibhūtabhītānāṃ nṛṇāṃ nāsṛk pravartate ||28||
1938 ed. 1.14.29
tad duṣṭaṃ śoṇitamanirhriyamāṇaṃ śophadāharāgapākavedanā janayet
||29||
1938 ed. 1.14.30
atyuṣṇe 'tisvinne 'tividdhe 'jñair visrāvitamatipravartate ; tad
atipravṛttaṃ śiro 'bhitāpamāndhyamadhimanthatimiraprādurbhāvaṃ
dhātukṣayamākṣepakaṃ dāhaṃ pakṣāghātamekāṅgavikāraṃ hikkāṃ
śvāsakāsau pāṇḍurogaṃ maraṇaṃ cāpādayati ||30||
1938 ed. 1.14.31
tasmānna śīte nātyuṣṇe nāsvinne nātitāpite |
yavāgūṃ pratipītasya śoṇitaṃ mokṣayed bhiṣak ||31||
1938 ed. 1.14.32
samyag gatvā yadā raktaṃ svayam evāvatiṣṭhate |
śuddhaṃ tadā vijānīyāt samyagvisrāvitaṃ ca tat ||32||
1938 ed. 1.14.33
lāghavaṃ vedanāśāntir vyādher vegaparikṣayaḥ |
samyagvisrāvite liṅgaṃ prasādo manasas tathā ||33||
1938 ed. 1.14.34
tvagdoṣā granthayaḥ śophā rogāḥ śoṇitajāś ca ye |
raktamokṣaṇaśīlānāṃ na bhavanti kadācana ||34||
1938 ed. 1.14.35
atha khalv apravartamāne rakte
elāśītaśivakuṣṭhatagarapāṭhābhadradāruviḍaṅgacitrakatrikaṭukāgāradhūmaharidrārkāṅkuranaktamālaphalair
yathālābhaṃ tribhiś caturbhiḥ samastair vā cūrṇīkṛtair
lavaṇatailapragāḍhair vraṇamukham avagharṣayet, evaṃ samyak
pravartate ||35||
1938 ed. 1.14.36
athātipravṛtte
rodhramadhukapriyaṅgupattaṅgupattaṅgagairikasarjarasarasāñjanaśālmalīpuṣpaśaṅkhaśuktimāṣayavagodhūmacūrṇaiḥ
śanaiḥ śanair vraṇamukham avacūrṇyāṅgulyagreṇāvapīḍayet
sālasarjārjunārimedameṣaśṛṅgadhavadhanvanatvagbhir vā cūrṇitābhiḥ
kṣaumeṇa vā dhmāpitena samudraphenalākṣācūrṇair vā
yathoktarvraṇabandhanadravyair gāḍhaṃ badhnīyāt
śītācchādanabhojanāgāraiḥ śītaiḥ pradehapariṣekaiś copacaret,
kṣāreṇāgninā vā dahedyathoktaṃ, vyadhādanantaraṃ tāmevātipravṛttāṃ
sirāṃ vidhyet kākolyādikvāthaṃ vā śarkarāmadhumadhuraṃ pāyayet
eṇahariṇorabhraśaśamahiṣavarāhāṇāṃ vā rudhiraṃ kṣīrayūṣarasaiḥ
susnigdhaiś cāśnīyāt upadravāṃś ca yathāsvam upacaret ||36||
1938 ed. 1.14.37
bhavanti cātra
dhātukṣayāt srute rakte mandaḥ sañjāyate 'nalaḥ | pavanaś ca
paraṃ kopaṃ yāti tasmāt prayatnataḥ ||37||
1938 ed. 1.14.38
taṃ nātiśītair laghubhiḥ snigdhaiḥ śoṇitavardhanaiḥ |
īṣadamlair anamlair vā bhojanaiḥ samupācaret ||38||
1938 ed. 1.14.39
caturvidhaṃ yad etad dhi rudhirasya nivāraṇam |
sandhānaṃ skandanaṃ caiva pācanaṃ dahanaṃ tathā ||39||
1938 ed. 1.14.40
vraṇaṃ kaṣāyaḥ sandhatte raktaṃ skandayate himam |
tathā sampācayed bhasma dāhaḥ saṅkocayet sirāḥ ||40||
1938 ed. 1.14.41
askandamāne rudhire sandhānāni prayojayet |
sandhāne bhraśyamāne tu pācanaiḥ samupācaret ||41||
1938 ed. 1.14.42
kalpair etais tribhir vaidyaḥ prayateta yathāvidhi |
asiddhimatsu caiteṣu dāhaḥ parama iṣyate ||42||
1938 ed. 1.14.43
śeṣadoṣe yato rakte na vyādhirativartate |
sāvaśeṣe tataḥ stheyaṃ na tu kuryād atikramam ||43||
1938 ed. 1.14.44
dehasya rudhiraṃ mūlaṃ rudhireṇaiva dhāryate |
tasmād yatnena saṃrakṣyaṃ raktaṃ jīva iti sthitiḥ ||44||
1938 ed. 1.14.45
srutaraktasya sekādyaiḥ śītaiḥ prakupite 'nile |
śophaṃ satodaṃ koṣṇena sarpiṣā pariṣecat ||45||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne
śoṇitavarṇanīyo nāma caturdaśo 'dhyāya ||14||
1938 ed. 1.15.1
athāto doṣadhātumalakṣayavṛddhivijñānīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ
||
1938 ed. 1.15.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.15.3
doṣadhātumalamūlaṃ hi śarīraṃ, tasmād eteṣāṃ lakṣaṇamucyamānam
upadhāraya ||3||
1938 ed. 1.15.4.1
tatra praspandanodvahanapūraṇavivekadhāraṇalakṣaṇo vāyuḥ pañcadhā
pravibhaktaḥ śarīraṃ dhārayati (1) |4|
1938 ed. 1.15.4.2
rāgapaktyojastejomedhoṣmakṛt pittaṃ pañcadhā pravibhaktam
agnikarmaṇā'nugrahaṃ karoti; (2) |4|
1938 ed. 1.15.4.3
sandhisaṃśleṣaṇasnehanaropaṇapūraṇabalasthairyakṛcchleṣmā
pañcadhā pravibhakta udakakarmaṇā'nugrahaṃ karoti ||4||
1938 ed. 1.15.5.1
rasas tuṣṭiṃ prīṇanaṃ raktapuṣṭiṃ ca karoti, raktaṃ varṇaprasādaṃ
māṃsapuṣṭiṃ jīvayati ca, māṃsaṃ śarīrapuṣṭiṃ medasaś ca, medaḥ
snehasvedau dṛḍhatvaṃ puṣṭimasthnāṃ ca, asthīni dehadhāraṇaṃ
majjñaḥ puṣṭiṃ ca, majjā snehaṃ balaṃ śukrapuṣṭiṃ pūraṇamasthnāṃ
ca karoti, śukraṃ dhairyaṃ cyavanaṃ prītiṃ dehabalaṃ harṣaṃ
bījārthaṃ ca; (1)
1938 ed. 1.15.5.2
purīṣam upastambhaṃ vāyvagnidhāraṇaṃ ca, bastipūraṇavikledakṛn
mūtraṃ, svedaḥ kledatvaksaukumāryakṛt; (2)
1938 ed. 1.15.5.3
raktalakṣaṇam ārtavaṃ garbhakṛc ca, garbho garbhalakṣaṇaṃ,
stanyaṃ stanayor āpīnatvajananaṃ jīvanaṃ ceti ||5||
1938 ed. 1.15.6
tatra vidhivat parirakṣaṇaṃ kurvīta ||6||
1938 ed. 1.15.7
ata ūrdhvam eṣāṃ kṣīṇalakṣaṇaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ | tatra, vātakṣaye
mandaceṣṭatā'lpavāktvamapraharṣo mūḍhasañjñatā ca, pittakṣaye
mandoṣmāgnitā niṣprabhatā ca, śleṣmakṣaye rūkṣatā'ntardāha
āmāśayetaraśleṣmāśayaśūnyatā sandhiśaithilyaṃ (tṛṣṇā daurbalyaṃ
prajāgaraṇaṃ) ca ||7||
1938 ed. 1.15.8
tatra svayonivardhanānyeva pratīkāraḥ ||8||
1938 ed. 1.15.9
rasakṣaye hṛtpīḍākampaśūnyatāstṛṣṇā ca, śoṇitakṣaye
tvakpāruṣyamamlaśītaprārthanā sirāśaithilyaṃ ca, māṃsakṣaye
sphiggaṇḍauṣṭhopasthoruvakṣaḥkakṣāpiṇḍikodaragrīvāśuṣkatā
raukṣyatodau gātrāṇāṃ sadanaṃ dhamanīśaithilyaṃ ca, medaḥkṣaye
plīhābhivṛddhiḥ sandhiśūnyatā raukṣyaṃ meduramāṃsaprārthanā ca,
asthikṣaye 'sthiśūlaṃ dantanakhabhaṅgo raukṣyaṃ ca, majjakṣaye
'lpaśukratā parvabhedo 'sthinistodo 'sthiśūnyatā ca, śukrakṣaye
meḍhravṛṣaṇavedanā'śaktirmaithune cirād vā prasekaḥ praseke
cālparaktaśukradarśanam ||9||
1938 ed. 1.15.10
tatrāpi svayonivardhanadravyopayogaḥ (pratīkāraḥ ) ||10||
1938 ed. 1.15.11
purīṣakṣaye hṛdayapārśvapīḍā saśabdasya ca vāyor ūrdhvagamanaṃ
kukṣau sañcaraṇaṃ ca, mūtrakṣaye bastitodo 'lpamūtratā ca; atrāpi
svayonivardhanadravyopayogaḥ | svedakṣaye stabdharomakūpatā
tvakśoṣaḥ sparśavaiguṇyaṃ svedanāśaśca; tatrābhyaṅgaḥ svedopayogaś
ca ||11||
1938 ed. 1.15.12
ārtavakṣaye yathocitakālādarśanamalpatā vā yonivedanā ca; tatra
saṃśodhanamāgneyānāṃ ca dravyāṇāṃ vidhivadupayogaḥ | stanakṣaye
stanayor mlānatā stanyāsambhavo 'lpatā vā; tatra
śleṣmavardhanadravyopayogaḥ | garbhakṣaye
garbhāspandanamanunnatakukṣitā ca; tatra prāptabastikālāyāḥ
kṣīrabastiprayogo medyānnopayogaś ceti ||12||
1938 ed. 1.15.13
ata ūrdhvam ativṛddhānāṃ doṣadhātumalānāṃ lakṣaṇaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ |
vṛddhiḥ punareṣāṃ svayonivardhanātyupasevanādbhavati | tatra,
vātavṛddhau vākpāruṣyaṃ kārśyaṃ kārṣṇyaṃ
gātrasphuraṇamuṣṇakāmi(ma)tā nidrānāśo 'lpabalatvaṃ
gāḍhavarcastvaṃ ca; pittavṛddhau pītāvabhāsatā santāpaḥ
śītakāmitvamalpanidratā mūrcchā balahānirindriyadaurbalyaṃ
pītaviṇmūtranetratvaṃ ca; śleṣmavṛddhau śauklyaṃ śaity aṃ
sthairyaṃ gauravamavasādastandrā nidrā sandhiviśleṣaś ca ||13||
1938 ed. 1.15.14
raso 'tivṛddho hṛdayotkledaṃ prasekaṃ cāpādayati; raktaṃ
raktāṅgākṣitāṃ sirāpūrṇatvaṃ ca; māṃsaṃ
sphiggaṇḍauṣṭhopasthorubāhujaṅghāsu vṛddhiṃ gurugātratāṃ ca;
medaḥsnigdhāṅgatāmudarapārśvavṛddhiṃ kāsaśvāsādīn daurgandhyaṃ ca;
asthyadhyasthīnyadhidantāṃśca; majjā sarvāṅganetragauravaṃ ca;
śukraṃ śukrāśmarīm atiprādurbhāvaṃ ca ||14||
1938 ed. 1.15.15
purīṣam āṭopaṃ kukṣau śūlaṃ ca; mūtraṃ mūtravṛddhiṃ muhurmuhuḥ
pravṛttiṃ bastitodamādhmānaṃ ca; svedastvaco daurgandhyaṃ kaṇḍūṃ
ca ||15||
1938 ed. 1.15.16
ārtavam aṅgamardam atipravṛttiṃ daurgandhyaṃ ca; stanyaṃ stanayor
āpīnatvaṃ muhurmuhuḥ pravṛttiṃ todaṃ ca; garbho jaṭharābhivṛddhiṃ
svedaṃ ca ||16||
1938 ed. 1.15.17
teṣāṃ yathāsvaṃ saṃśodhanaṃ kṣapaṇaṃ ca kṣayādaviruddhaiḥ
kriyāviśeṣaiḥ prakurvīta ||17||
1938 ed. 1.15.18
pūrvaḥ pūrvo 'tivṛddhatvād vardhayed dhi paraṃ param |
tasmād atipravṛddhānāṃ dhātūnāṃ hrāsanaṃ hitam ||18||
1938 ed. 1.15.19
balalakṣaṇaṃ balakṣayalakṣaṇaṃ cāta ūrdhvam upadekṣyāmaḥ | tatra
rasādīnāṃ śukrāntānāṃ dhātūnāṃ yat paraṃ tejastat khalv ojas tad
eva balam ity ucyate, svaśāstrasiddhāntāt ||19||
1938 ed. 1.15.20
tatra balena sthiropacitamāṃsatā sarvaceṣṭāsvapratighātaḥ
svaravarṇaprasādo bāhyānāmābhyantarāṇāṃ ca
karaṇānāmātmakāryapratipattir bhavati ||20||
1938 ed. 1.15.21
bhavanti cātra
ojaḥ somātmakaṃ snigdhaṃ śuklaṃ śītaṃ sthiraṃ saram |
viviktaṃ mṛdu mṛtsnaṃ ca prāṇāyatanam uttamam ||21||
dehaḥ sāvayavas tena vyāpto bhavati dehinaḥ
|
tad abhāvāc ca śīryante śarīrāṇi śarīriṇām
||22||
1938 ed. 1.15.23
abhighātātkṣayātkopācchokāddhyānācchramātkṣudhaḥ |
ojaḥ saṅkṣīyate hyebhyo dhātugrahaṇaniḥsṛtam |
tejaḥ samīritaṃ tasmād visraṃsayati dehinaḥ ||23||
1938 ed. 1.15.24
tasya visraṃso vyāpat kṣaya iti (trayo doṣāḥ;) liṅgāni bhavanti
sandhiviśleṣo gātrāṇāṃ sadanaṃ doṣacyavanaṃ kriyāsannirodhaś ca
visraṃse, stabdhagurugātratā vātaśopho varṇabhedo glānistandrā
nidrā ca vyāpanne, mūrcchā māṃsakṣayo mohaḥ pralāpo maraṇam iti ca
kṣaye ||24||
1938 ed. 1.15.25
bhavanti cātra
trayo doṣā balasyoktā vyāpadvisraṃsanakṣayāḥ |
viśleṣasādau gātrāṇāṃ doṣavisraṃsanaṃ śramaḥ ||25||
1938 ed. 1.15.26
aprācuryaṃ kriyāṇāṃ ca balavisraṃsalakṣaṇam |
gurutvaṃ stabdhatā'ṅgeṣu glānirvarṇasya bhedanam ||26||
1938 ed. 1.15.27
tandrā nidrā vātaśopho balavyāpadi lakṣaṇam | mūrcchā māṃsakṣayo
mohaḥ pralāpo 'jñānam eva ca ||27||
1938 ed. 1.15.28ab
pūrvoktāni ca liṅgāni maraṇaṃ ca balakṣaye |
tatra visraṃse vyāpanne ca kriyāviśeṣair
aviruddhair balam āpyāyayet ; itaraṃ tu mūḍhasañjñaṃ varjayet
||28||
1938 ed. 1.15.29
doṣadhātumalakṣīṇo balakṣīṇo 'pi vā naraḥ | svayonivardhanaṃ
yattadannapānaṃ prakāṅkṣati ||29||
1938 ed. 1.15.30
yadyadāhārajātaṃ tu kṣīṇaḥ prārthayate naraḥ | tasya tasya sa
lābhe tu taṃ taṃ kṣayamapohati ||30||
1938 ed. 1.15.31
yasya dhātukṣayād vāyuḥ sañjñāṃ karma ca nāśayet |
prakṣīṇaṃ ca balaṃ yasya nāsau śakyaś cikitsitum ||31||
1938 ed. 1.15.32
rasanimittam eva sthaulyaṃ kārśyaṃ ca | tatra śleṣmalāhārasevino
'dhyaśanaśīlasyāvyāyāmino divāsvapnaratasya cāma evānnaraso
madhurataraś ca śarīramanukrāmannatisnehānmedo janayati,
tadatisthaulyamāpādayati ; tamatisthūlaṃ
kṣudraśvāsapipāsākṣutsvapnasvedagātradaurgandhyakrathanagātrasādagadgadatvāni
kṣipramevāviśanti, saukumāryānmedasaḥ sarvakriyāsvasamarthaḥ,
kaphamedoniruddhamārgatvāccālpavyavāyo bhavati, āvṛtamārgatvād eva
śeṣā dhātavo nāpyāyante 'tyarthamato 'lpaprāṇo bhavati,
pramehapiḍakājvarabhagandaravidradhivātavikārāṇāmanyatamaṃ prāpya
pañcatvam upayāti, sarva eva cāsya rogā balavanto
bhavantyāvṛtamārgatvāt srotasām; atas tasyotpattihetuṃ pariharet |
utpanne tu
śilājatuguggulugomūtratriphalāloharajorasāñjanamadhuyavamudgakoradūṣakaśyāmākoddālakādīnāṃ
virūkṣaṇacchedanīyānāṃ ca dravyāṇāṃ vidhivadupayogo vyāyāmo
lekhanabastyupayogaś ceti ||32||
1938 ed. 1.15.33
tatra punar vātalāhārasevino
'tivyāyāmavyavāyādhyayanabhayaśokadhyānarātrijāgaraṇapipāsākṣu
tkaṣāyālpāśanaprabhṛtibhir upaśoṣito rasadhātuḥ
śarīramananukrāmannalpatvānna prīṇāti, tasmād atikārśyaṃ bhavati;
so 'tikṛśaḥ kṣutpipāsāśītoṣṇavātavarṣabhārādāneṣv
asahiṣṇurvātarogaprāyo 'lpaprāṇaśca kriyāsu bhavati,
śvāsakāsaśoṣaplīhodarāgnisādagulmaraktapittānām anyatamamāsādya
maraṇam upayāti, sarva eva cāsya rogā balavanto
bhavantyalpaprāṇatvāt ; atas tasyotpattihetuṃ pariharet | utpanne
tu payasyāśvagandhāvidārigandhāśatāvarībalātibalānāgabalānāṃ
madhurāṇāmanyāsāṃ cauṣadhīnām upayogaḥ,
kṣīradadhighṛtamāṃsaśāliṣaṣṭikayavagodhūmānāṃ ca,
divāsvapnabrahmacaryāvyāyāmabṛṃhaṇabastyupayogaśceti ||33||
1938 ed. 1.15.34
yaḥ punar ubhayasādhāraṇānyāseveta tasyānnarasaḥ śarīramanukrāman
samān dhātūnupacinoti, samadhātutvānmadhyaśarīro bhavati
sarvakriyāsu samarthaḥ kṣutpipāsāśītoṣṇavātavarṣātapasaho
balavāṃśca, sa satatamanupālayitavya iti ||34||
1938 ed. 1.15.35
bhavanti cātra
aty antagarhitāv etau sadā sthūlakṛśau narau |
śreṣṭho madhyaśarīras tu kṛśaḥ sthūlāt tu pūjitaḥ ||35||
1938 ed. 1.15.36
doṣaḥ prakupito dhātūn kṣapayatyātmatejasā |
iddhaḥ svatejasā vahnirukhāgatamivodakam ||36||
1938 ed. 1.15.37
vailakṣaṇyāccharīrāṇāmasthāyitvāt tathaiva ca |
doṣadhātumalānāṃ tu parimāṇaṃ na vidyate ||37||
1938 ed. 1.15.38
eṣāṃ samatvaṃ yac cāpi bhiṣagbhir avadhāryate |
na tat svāsthyādṛte śakyaṃ vaktumanyena hetunā ||38||
1938 ed. 1.15.39
doṣādīnāṃ tv asamatām anumānena lakṣayet |
aprasannendriyaṃ vīkṣya puruṣaṃ kuśalo bhiṣak ||39||
1938 ed. 1.15.40ab
(svasthasya rakṣaṇaṃ kuryād asvasthasya tu buddhimān) |
1938 ed. 1.15.40cdef
kṣapayed bṛṃhayec cāpi doṣadhātumalān bhiṣak |
tāvad yāvad arogaḥ syādetatsāmyasya lakṣaṇam ||40||
1938 ed. 1.15.41
samadoṣaḥ samāgniś ca samadhātumalakriyaḥ |
prasannātmendriyamanāḥ svastha ity abhidhīyate ||41||
1938 ed. 1.15.trailer
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne
doṣadhātumalakṣayavṛddhivijñānīyo nāma pañcadaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||15||
ṣoḍaśo 'dhyāyaḥ |
1938 ed. 1.16.1
athātaḥ karṇavyadha bandha vidhim adhyāyaṃ
vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.16.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanavatariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.16.3
rakṣābhūṣaṇanimittaṃ bālasya karṇau vidhyete | tau ṣaṣṭhe māsi
saptame vā śuklapakṣe praśasteṣu tithikaraṇamuhūrtanakṣatreṣu
kṛtamaṅgalasvastivācanaṃ dhātryaṅke kumāradharāṅke vā kumāram
upaveśya bālakrīḍanakaiḥ pralobhyābhisāntvayan bhiṣag
vāmahastenākṛṣya karṇaṃ daivakṛte chidra ādityakarāvabhāsite
śanaiḥ śanair dakṣiṇahastena rju vidhyet pratanukaṃ sūcyā bahalam
ārayā pūrvaṃ dakṣiṇaṃ kumārasya vāmaṃ kumāryāḥ tataḥ picuvartiṃ
praveśayet ||
1938 ed. 1.16.4
śoṇita bahutvena vedanayā cānyadeśaviddham iti jānīyāt
nirupadravatayā taddeśaviddham iti ||
1938 ed. 1.16.5
tatrājñena yadṛcchayā viddhāsu sirāsu
kālikāmarmarikālohitikāsūpadravā bhavanti | tatra kālikāyāṃ jvaro
dāhaḥ śvayathur vedanā ca bhavati marmarikāyāṃ vedanā jvaro
granthayaś ca lohitikāyāṃ manyāstambhāpatānakaśirograhakarṇaśūlāni
bhavanti | teṣu yathāsvaṃ pratikurvīta ||
1938 ed. 1.16.6
kliṣṭajihmāpraśastasūcīvyadhād gāḍhataravartitvād doṣasamudāyād
apraśastavyadhād vā yatra saṃrambho vedanā vā bhavati tatra vartim
upahṛtyāśu madhukairaṇḍa mūla mañjiṣṭhā yava tila kalkair
madhughṛtapragāḍhair ālepayet tāvad yāvat surūḍha iti surūḍhaṃ
cainaṃ punar vidhyet vidhānaṃ tu pūrvoktam eva ||
1938 ed. 1.16.7
tatra samyagviddham āmatailena pariṣecayet tryahāt tryahāc ca
vartiṃ sthūlatarāṃ dadyāt pariṣekaṃ ca tam eva ||
1938 ed. 1.16.8
atha vyapagatadoṣopadrave karṇe vardhanārthaṃ laghuvardhanakaṃ
kuryāt ||
1938 ed. 1.16.9
evaṃ vivardhitaḥ karṇaś chidyate tu dvidhā nṛṇām |
doṣato vā'bhighātād vā sandhānaṃ tasya me śṛṇu ||
1938 ed. 1.16.10
tatra samāsena pañcadaśakarṇabandhākṛtayaḥ | tad yathā
nemisandhānaka utpalabhedyako vallūraka āsaṅgimo gaṇḍakarṇa āhāryo
nirvedhimo vyāyojimaḥ kapāṭasandhiko 'rdhakapāṭasandhikaḥ
saṃkṣipto hīnakarṇo vallīkarṇo yaṣṭikarṇaḥ kākauṣṭhaka iti | teṣu
pṛthulāyatasamobhayapālir nemisandhānakaḥ vṛttāyatasamobhayapālir
utpalabhedyakaḥ hrasvavṛttasamobhayapālir vallūrakaḥ
abhyantaradīrghaikapālir āsaṅgimaḥ bāhya dīrghaikapālir
gaṇḍakarṇaḥ | apālir ubhayato 'py āhāryaḥ pīṭhopamapālir ubhayataḥ
kṣīṇaputrikāśrito nirvedhimaḥ | sthūlāṇusamaviṣamapālir vyāyojimaḥ
| abhyantaradīrghaikapālir itarālpapāliḥ | kapāṭasandhikaḥ
bāhyadīrghaikapālir itarālpapālir ardhakapāṭasandhikaḥ | tatra
daśaite karṇabandhavikalpāḥ sādhyāḥ teṣāṃ svanāmabhir evākṛtayaḥ
prāyeṇa vyākhyātāḥ | saṃkṣiptādayaḥ pañcāsādhyāḥ | tatra
śuṣkaśaṣkulir utsannapālir itarālpapāliḥ saṃkṣiptaḥ
anadhiṣṭhānapāliḥ paryantayoḥ kṣīṇamāṃso hīnakarṇaḥ
tanuviṣamālpapālir vallīkarṇaḥ
grathitamāṃsastabdhasirāsaṃtatasūkṣmapālir yaṣṭikarṇaḥ
nirmāṃsasaṃkṣiptāgrālpaśoṇitapāliḥ kākauṣṭhaka iti | baddheṣv api
tu śopha dāha rāga pāka piḍakā srāva yuktā na siddhim
upayānti ||
1938 ed. 1.16.11
bhavanti cātra |
yasya pālidvayam api karṇasya na bhaved iha |
karṇapīṭhaṃ same madhye tasya viddhvā vivardhayet ||
1938 ed. 1.16.12
bāhyāyām iha dīrghāyāṃ sandhir ābhyantaro bhavet |
ābhyantarāyāṃ dīrghāyāṃ bāhyasandhir udāhṛtaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.16.13
ekaiva tu bhavet pāliḥ sthūlā pṛthvī sthirā ca yā |
tāṃ dvidhā pāṭayitvā tu chittvā copari sandhayet ||
1938 ed. 1.16.14
gaṇḍād utpāṭya māṃsena sānubandhena jīvatā |
karṇapālīm āpāles tu kuryān nirlikhya śāstravit ||
1938 ed. 1.16.15
ato nyatamaṃ bandhaṃ cikīrṣur
agropaharaṇīyoktopasaṃbhṛtasaṃbhāraṃ viśeṣataś cātropaharet
surāmaṇḍaṃ kṣīram udakaṃ dhānyāmlaṃ kapālacūrṇaṃ ceti | tato
'ṅganāṃ puruṣaṃ vā grathitakeśāntaṃ laghubhuktavantam āptaiḥ
suparigṛhītaṃ ca kṛtvā bandham upadhārya
chedyabhedyalekhyavyadhanair upapannair upapādya karṇaśoṇitam
avekṣya duṣṭam aduṣṭaṃ veti tatra vātaduṣṭe dhānyāmloṣṇodakābhyāṃ
pittaduṣṭe śītodakapayobhyāṃ śleṣmaduṣṭe surāmaṇḍoṣṇodakābhyāṃ
prakṣālya karṇau punar avalikhyānunnatam ahīnam aviṣamaṃ ca
karṇasandhiṃ sanniveśya sthitaraktaṃ sandadhyāt | tato
madhughṛtenābhyajya picuprotayor anyatareṇāvaguṇṭhya
sūtreṇānavagāḍhaman atiśithilaṃ ca baddhvā
kapālacūrṇenāvakīryācārikam upadiśed dvivraṇīyoktena ca
vidhānenopacaret ||
1938 ed. 1.16.16
bhavati cātra |
vighaṭṭanaṃ divāsvapnaṃ vyāyāmam atibhojanam |
vyavāyam agnisaṃtāpaṃ vākśramaṃ ca vivarjayet ||
1938 ed. 1.16.16.1
(?āmatailaparīṣekaṃ trirātramavacārayet |
tatas tailena saṃsṛṣṭaṃ tryahādapanayet picum ||)
1938 ed. 1.16.17
na cāśuddharaktam atipravṛttaraktaṃ kṣīṇaraktaṃ vā saṃdadhyāt |
sa hi vātaduṣṭe rakte rūḍho 'pi paripuṭanavān pittaduṣṭe
dāhapākarāgavedanāvān śleṣmaduṣṭe stabdhaḥ kaṇḍūmān
atipravṛttarakte śyāvaśophavān kṣīṇo 'lpamāṃso na vṛddhim upaiti
||
1938 ed. 1.16.18ab
āmatailena trirātraṃ pariṣecayet trirātrāc ca picuṃ parivartayet
|
sa yadā surūḍho nirupadravaḥ savarṇo bhavati
tadainaṃ śanaiś śanair abhivardhayet | ato 'nyathā
saṃrambhadāhapākarāgavedanāvān punaś chidyate vā ||
1938 ed. 1.16.19
athāsyāpraduṣṭasyābhivardhanārtham abhyaṅgaḥ | tad yathā
godhāpratudaviṣkirānūpaudakavasāmajjānau payaḥ sarpis tailaṃ
gaurasarṣapajaṃ ca yathālābhaṃ
saṃbhṛtyārkālarkabalātibalānantāpāmārgāśvagandhāvidārigandhākṣīraśuklājalaśūkamadhuravargapayasyāprativāpaṃ
tailaṃ vā pācayitvā svanuguptaṃ nidadhyāt ||
1938 ed. 1.16.20
sveditonmarditaṃ karṇaṃ snehenaitena yojayet |
ato 'nupadravaḥ samyag balavāṃś ca vivardhate ||
1938 ed. 1.16.21
yavāśvagandhāyaṣṭyāhvais tilaiś codvartanaṃ hitam |
śatāvaryaśvagandhābhyāṃ payasyair aṇḍajīvanaiḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.16.22ab
tailaṃ vipakvaṃ sakṣīram abhyaṅgāt pālivardhanam |
ye tu karṇā na vardhante svedasnehopapāditāḥ
||
1938 ed. 1.16.23ab
teṣām apāṅgadeśe tu kuryāt pracchānam eva tu |
1938 ed. 1.16.23cd
bāhyacchedaṃ na kurvīta vyāpadaḥ syus tato dhruvāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.16.24
baddhamātraṃ tu yaḥ karṇaṃ sahasaivābhivardhayet |
āmakośī samādhmātaḥ kṣipram eva vimucyate ||
1938 ed. 1.16.25
jātaromā suvartmā ca śliṣṭasandhiḥ samaḥ sthiraḥ |
surūḍho 'vedano yaś ca taṃ karṇaṃ vardhayec chanaiḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.0
amitāḥ karṇabandhās tu vijñeyāḥ kuśalair iha |
yo yathā suviśiṣṭaḥ syāt taṃ tathā viniyojayet ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.1
(karṇapālyāmayān nṝṇāṃ punar vakṣyāmi suśruta |
karṇapalyāṃ prakupaitā vātapittakaphās trayaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.2
dvidhā vāpy atha saṃsṛṣṭāḥ kurvanti vividhā rujaḥ |
visphoṭaḥ stabdhatā śophaḥ pālyāṃ doṣe tu vātike ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.3
dāhavisphoṭajananaṃ śophaḥ pākaś ca paittike |
kaṇḍūḥ saśvayathuḥ stambho gurutvaṃ ca kaphātmake ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.4
yathādoṣaṃ ca saṃśodhya kuryāt teṣāṃ cikitsitam |
svedābhyaṅgaparīṣekaiḥ pralepāsṛgvimokṣaṇaiḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.5
mṛdvīṃ kriyāṃ bṛṃhaṇīyair yathāsvaṃ bhojanais tathā |
ya evaṃ vetti doṣāṇāṃ cikitsāṃ kartum arhati ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.6
ata ūrdhvaṃ nāmaliṅgair vakṣye pālyām upadravān |
atpāṭakaś cotpuṭakaḥ śyāvaḥ kaṇḍūyuto bhṛśam ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.7
avamanthaḥ sakaṇḍūko granthiko jambulas tathā |
srāvī ca dāhavāṃś caiva śṛṇveṣāṃ kramaśaḥ kriyām ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.8
apāmārgaḥ sarjarasaḥ pāṭalālakucatvacau |
utpāṭake pralepaḥ syāt tailam ebhiś ca pācayet ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.9
śampākaśigrupūtīkān godhāmedo 'tha tadvasām |
vārāhaṃ gavyam aiṇeyaṃ pittaṃ sarpiś ca saṃsṛjet ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.10
lepam utpuṭake dadyāt tailam ebhiś ca sādhitam |
gaurīṃ sugandhāṃ saśyāmām anantāṃ taṇḍulīyakam |
1938 ed. 1.16.26.11
śyāve pralepanaṃ dadyāt tailam ebhiś ca sādhitam |
pāṭhāṃ rasāñjanaṃ kṣaudraṃ tathā syād uṣṇakāñjikam ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.12
dadyāl lepaṃ sakaṇḍūke tailam ebhiś ca sādhitam |
vraṇībhūtasya deyaṃ syād idaṃ tailaṃ vijānatā ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.13
madhukakṣīrakākolījīvakādyair vipācitam |
godhāvarāhasarpāṇāṃ vasāḥ syuḥ kṛtabṛṃhaṇe ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.14
pralepanam idaṃ dadyād avasicyāvamanthake |
prapauṇḍarīkaṃ madhukaṃ samaṅgāṃ dhavam eva ca ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.15
tailam ebhiś ca saṃpakvaṃ śṛṇu kaṇḍūmataḥ kriyām |
sahadevā viśvadevā ajākṣīraṃ sasaindhavam |
etair ālepanaṃ dadyāt tailam ebhiś ca sādhitam ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.16
granthike guṭikāṃ pūrvaṃ srāvayed avapāṭya tu |
tataḥ saindhavacūrṇaṃ tu ghṛṣṭvā lepaṃ pradāpayet ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.17
likhitvā tatsrutaṃ ghṛṣṭvā cūrṇair lodhrasya jambule |
kṣīreṇa pratisāryainaṃ śuddhaṃ saṃropayet tataḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.18
madhuparṇī madhūkaṃ ca ma madhukaṃ madhunā saha |
lepaḥ srāviṇi dātavyas tailam ebhiś ca sādhitam ||
1938 ed. 1.16.26.19
pañcavalkaiḥ samadhukaiḥ piṣṭais taiś ca ghṛtānvitaiḥ |
jīvakādyaiḥ sasarpiṣkair dahyamānaṃ pralepayet ||)
1938 ed. 1.16.27
viśleṣitāyās tv atha nāsikāyā
vakṣyāmi sandhānavidhiṃ yathāvat |
nāsāpramāṇaṃ pṛthivīruhāṇāṃ
patraṃ gṛhītvā tv avalambi tasya ||
1938 ed. 1.16.28
tena pramāṇena hi gaṇḍapārśvād
utkṛtya baddhaṃ tv atha nāsikāgram |
vilikhya cāśu pratisaṃdadhīta
tat sādhubandhair bhiṣag apramattaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.16.29
susaṃhitaṃ samyag ato yathāvan
nāḍīdvayenābhisamīkṣya baddhvā |
pronnamya cainām avacūrṇayet tu
pataṅgayaṣṭīmadhukāñjanaiś ca ||
1938 ed. 1.16.30
saṃchādya samyak picunā sitena
tailena siñced asakṛt tilānām |
ghṛtaṃ ca pāyyaḥ sa naraḥ sujīrṇe
snigdho virecyaḥ sa yathopadeśam ||
1938 ed. 1.16.31
rūḍhaṃ ca sandhānam upāgataṃ syāt
tad ardhaśeṣaṃ tu punar nikṛntet |
hīnāṃ punar vardhayituṃ yateta
samāṃ ca kuryād ativṛddhamāṃsām ||
1938 ed. 1.16.32
nāḍīyogaṃ vinauṣṭhasya nāsāsandhānavad vidhim |
ya evam eva jānīyāt sa rājñaḥ kartum arhati ||
iti śrīsuśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne
karṇavyadhabandhavidhirnāma ṣoḍaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.17.1
athāta āmapakvaiṣaṇīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.17.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.17.3
śophasamutthānā granthividradhyalajīprabhṛtayaḥ prāyeṇa vyādhayo
'bhihitā anekākṛtayaḥ tair vilakṣaṇaḥ pṛthurgrathitaḥ samo viṣamo
vā tvaṅmāṃsasthāyī doṣasaṅghātaḥ śarīraikadeśotthitaḥ śopha ity
ucyate ||3||
1938 ed. 1.17.4
sa ṣaḍvidho vātapittakaphaśoṇitasannipātāgantunimittaḥ | tasya
doṣarūpavyañjanair lakṣaṇāni vyākhyāsyāmaḥ | tatra vātaśophaḥ
kṛṣṇo 'ruṇo vā paruṣo mṛduranavasthitāstodādayaś cātra
vedanāviśeṣā bhavanti pittaśophaḥ pīto mṛduḥ sarakto vā
śīghrānusāryoṣādayaś cātra vedanāviśeṣā bhavanti; śleṣmaśvayathuḥ
pāṇḍuḥ kaṭhinaḥ snigdhaḥ śīto snigdho mandānusārī kaṇḍvādayaś
cātra vedanāviśeṣā bhavanti sarvavarṇavedanaḥ sannipātaśvayathuḥ
pittavacchoṇitajo 'tikṛṣṇaśca pittaraktalakṣaṇa
āganturlohitāvabhāsaś ca ||4||
1938 ed. 1.17.5
sa yadā bāhyābhyantaraiḥ kriyāviśeṣair na sambhāvitaḥ
praśamayituṃ kriyāviparyayādbahutvād vā doṣāṇāṃ tadā pākābhimukho
bhavati | tasyāmasya pacyamānasya pakvasya ca lakṣaṇamucyamānam
upadhāraya- | tatra, mandoṣmatā tvaksavarṇatā śītaśophatā
sthairyaṃ mandavedanatā'lpaśophatā cāmalakṣaṇamuddiṣṭaṃ; sūcibhir
iva nistudyate, daśyata iva pipīlikābhiḥ, tābhiś ca saṃsarpyata
iva, chidyata iva śastreṇa, bhidyata iva śaktibhiḥ, tāḍyata iva
daṇḍena, pīḍyata iva pāṇinā, ghaṭyata iva cāṅgulyā, dahyate
pacyata iva cāgnikṣārābhyām, oṣacoṣaparīdāhāś ca bhavanti,
vṛścikaviddha iva ca sthānāsanaśayaneṣu na śāntim upaiti,
ādhmātabastirivātataś ca śopho bhavati , tvagvaivarṇyaṃ
śophābhivṛddhirjvaradāhapipāsā bhaktāruciś ca pacyamānaliṅgaṃ;
vedanopaśāntiḥ pāṇḍutā'lpaśophatā valīprādurbhāvas tvakparipuṭanaṃ
nimnadarśanamaṅgulyā'vapīḍite pratyunnamanaṃ,
bastāvivodakasañcaraṇaṃ pūyasya prapīḍayaty ekam antam ante
cāvapīḍite, muhurmuhus todaḥ kaṇḍūrunnatatā vyādher upadravaśāntir
bhaktābhikāṅkṣā ca pakvaliṅgam | kaphajeṣu tu rogeṣu
gambhīragatitvād abhighātajeṣu vā keṣucid asamastaṃ pakvalakṣaṇaṃ
dṛṣṭvā pakvamapakvam iti manyamāno bhiṣaṅmoham upaiti tatra hi
tvaksavarṇatā śītaśophatā sthairyam alparujatā'śmavac ca ghanatā
na moham upeyād iti ||5||
1938 ed. 1.17.7
bhavanti cātra
āmaṃ vipacyamānaṃ ca samyak pakvaṃ ca yo bhiṣak|
jānīyāt sa bhaved vaidyaḥ śeṣās taskaravṛttayaḥ ||6||
1938 ed. 1.17.8
vātād ṛte nāsti rujā na pākaḥ pittādṛte nāsti kaphāc ca pūyaḥ |
tasmāt samastān paripākakāle pacanti śophāṃs traya eva doṣāḥ
||7||
1938 ed. 1.17.8
kālāntareṇābhyuditaṃ tu pittaṃ kṛtvā vaśe vātakaphau prasahya |
pacaty ataḥ śoṇitam eva pāko mato 'pareṣāṃ viduṣāṃ dvitīyaḥ
||8||
1938 ed. 1.17.9
tatra, āmacchede māṃsasirāsnāyusandhyasthivyāpādanam atimātraṃ
śoṇitātipravṛttir vedanāprādurbhāvo 'vadaraṇam
anekopadravadarśanaṃ kṣatavidradhirvā bhavati | sa yadā
bhayamohābhyāṃ pakvam apy apakvam iti manyamānaś ciram upekṣate
vyādhiṃ vaidyas tadā gambhīrānugato dvāram alabhamānaḥ pūyaḥ svam
āśrayam avadāryotsaṅgaṃ mahāntam avakāśaṃ kṛtvā nāḍīṃ janayitvā
kṛcchrasādhyo bhavaty asādhyo veti ||9||
1938 ed. 1.17.10
bhavati cātra
yaś chinatty āmam ajñānād yaś ca pakvam upekṣate |
śvapacāv iva mantavyau tāv aniścitakāriṇau ||10||
1938 ed. 1.17.11
prāk śastrakarmaṇaś ceṣṭaṃ bhojayed āturaṃ bhiṣak |
madyapaṃ pāyayen madyaṃ tīkṣṇaṃ yo vedanā'sahaḥ ||11||
1938 ed. 1.17.12
na mūrcchaty annasaṃyogān mattaḥ śastraṃ na budhyate |
tasmād avaśyaṃ bhoktavyaṃ rogeṣūkteṣu karmaṇi ||12||
1938 ed. 1.17.13
prāṇo hy ābhyantaro nṝṇāṃ bāhyaprāṇaguṇānvitaḥ |
dhārayaty avirodhena śarīraṃ pāñcabhautikam ||13||
1938 ed. 1.17.14
alpo mahān vā kriyayā vinā yaḥ
samucchritaḥ pākam upaiti śophaḥ |
viśālamūlo viṣamaṃ vidagdhaḥ
sa kṛcchratāṃ yāty avagāḍhadoṣaḥ ||14||
1938 ed. 1.17.15
ālepavisrāvaṇāśodhanais tu
samyak prayuktair yadi nopaśāmyet |
pacyeta śīghraṃ samam alpamūlaḥ
sa piṇḍitaś copari connataḥ syāt ||15||
1938 ed. 1.17.16
kakṣaṃ samāsādya yathaiva vahnirvāyvīritaḥ sandahati prasahya |
tathaiva pūyo 'py aviniḥsṛto hi māṃsaṃ sirāḥ snāyu ca khādatīha
||16||
1938 ed. 1.17.17
ādau vimlāpanaṃ kuryād dvitīyam avasecanam |
tṛtīyam upanāhaṃ tu caturthīṃ pāṭanakriyām ||17||
1938 ed. 1.17.18
pañcamaṃ śodhanaṃ kuryāt ṣaṣṭhaṃ ropaṇam iṣyate |
ete kramā vraṇasyoktāḥ saptamaṃ vaikṛtāpaham ||18||
1938 ed. 1.17.trailer
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne āmapakvaiṣaṇīyo nāma saptadaśo
'dhyāyaḥ ||17||
1938 ed. 1.18.1
athāto vraṇālepanabandhavidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.18.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.18.3
ālepa ādya upakramaḥ eṣa sarvaśophānāṃ sāmānyaḥ pradhānatamaś ca
taṃ ca pratirogaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ tato bandhaḥ pradhānaṃ tena śuddhir
vraṇaropaṇam asthisaṃdhisthairyaṃ ca ||
1938 ed. 1.18.4
tatra pratilomam ālimpet | pratilome hi samyagauṣadhamavatiṣṭhate
'nupraviśati romakūpān svedavāhibhiśca sirāmukhairvīryaṃ prāpnoti
||4||
1938 ed. 1.18.5
na ca śuṣyamāṇamupekṣeta, anyatra pīḍayitavyāt | śuṣko hy
apārthako rukkaraś ca ||5||
1938 ed. 1.18.6
sa trividhaḥ pralepaḥ, pradeha, ālepaś ca | pralepapradehayor
antaraṃ - tatra pralepaḥ śītastanur aviśoṣī viśoṣī vā;
pradehastūṣṇaḥ śīto vā bahalo 'bahur aviśoṣī ca; madhyamo
'trālepaḥ | tatra, raktapittaprasādakṛdālepaḥ; pradeho
vātaśleṣmapraśamanaḥ śodhano ropaṇaḥ śophavedanāpahaśca;
tasyopayogaḥ kṣatākṣateṣu; yas tu kṣateṣūpayujyate sa bhūyaḥ
‘kalka’ iti sañjñāṃ labhate niruddhālepanasañjñaḥ;
tenāsrāvasannirodho mṛdutā pūtimāṃsāpakarṣaṇaman antardoṣatā
vraṇaśuddhiś ca bhavati ||6||
1938 ed. 1.18.7
avidagdheṣu śopheṣu hitamālepanaṃ bhavet |
yathāsvaṃ doṣaśamanaṃ dāhakaṇḍūrujāpaham ||7||
1938 ed. 1.18.8
tvakprasādanam evāgryaṃ māṃsaraktaprasādanam | dāhapraśamanaṃ
śreṣṭhaṃ rujākaṇḍūvināśanam ||8||
1938 ed. 1.18.9
marmadeśeṣu ye rogā guhyeṣv api tathā nṛṇām |
saṃśodhanāya teṣāṃ hi kuryād ālepanaṃ bhiṣak ||9||
1938 ed. 1.18.10
(ṣaḍbhāgaṃ paittike snehaṃ caturbhāgaṃ tu vātike |
aṣṭabhāgaṃ tu kaphaje snehamātrāṃ pradāpayet) ||10||
1938 ed. 1.18.11
tasya pramāṇaṃ mahiṣārdracarmotsedham upadiśanti ||11||
1938 ed. 1.18.12
na cālepaṃ rātrau prayuñjīta, mā bhūc chaityavihatoṣmaṇas tad
anirgamād vikārapravṛttir iti ||12||
1938 ed. 1.18.13
pradehasādhye vyādhau tu hitam ālepanaṃ divā |
pittaraktābhighātotthe saviṣe ca viśeṣataḥ ||13||
1938 ed. 1.18.14
na ca paryuṣitaṃ lepaṃ kadācid avacārayet |
upary upari lepaṃ ca na kadācit pradāpayet ||14||
1938 ed. 1.18.15
ūṣmāṇaṃ vedanāṃ dāhaṃ ghanatvājjanayet sa hi |
na ca tenaiva lepena pradehaṃ dāpayet punaḥ |
1938 ed. 1.18.15ef
śuṣkabhāvātsa nirvīryo yukto 'pi syād apārthakaḥ ||15||
1938 ed. 1.18.16
ata ūrdhvaṃ vraṇabandhanadravyāṇy upadekṣyāmaḥ; tad yathā-
kṣaumakārpāsāvikadukūlakauśeyapatrorṇacīnapaṭṭacarmāntarvalkalālābūśakalalatāvidalarajjutūlaphalasantānikālauhānīti
teṣāṃ vyādhiṃ kālaṃ cāvekṣyopayogaḥ; prakaraṇataś caiṣām ādeśaḥ
||16||
1938 ed. 1.18.17
tatra
kośadāmasvastikānuvellitamu(pra)tolīmaṇḍalasthagikāyamakakhaṭvācīnavibandhavitānagophaṇāḥ
pañcāṅgī ceti caturdaśa bandhaviśeṣāḥ | teṣāṃ nāmabhir evākṛtayaḥ
prāyeṇa vyākhyātāḥ ||17||
1938 ed. 1.18.18
tatra kośamaṅguṣṭhāṅguliparvasu vidadhyāt, dāma sambādhe 'ṅge,
sandhikūrcakabhrūstanāntaratalakarṇeṣu svastikaṃ, anuvellitaṃ
śākhāsu, grīvāmeḍhrayoḥ mu(pra)tolīṃ, vṛtte 'ṅge maṇḍalam,
aṅguṣṭhāṅgulimeḍhrāgreṣu sthagikāṃ, yamalavraṇayor yamakaṃ,
hanuśaṅkhagaṇḍeṣu khaṭvām, apāṅgayoś cīnaṃ, pṛṣṭhodaroraḥsu
vibandhaṃ, mūrdhani vitānaṃ, cibukanāsauṣṭhāṃsabastiṣu gophaṇāṃ,
jatruṇa ūrdhvaṃ pañcāṅgīm iti; yo vā yasmin śarīrapradeśe
suniviṣṭo bhavati taṃ tasmin vidadhyāt ||18||
1938 ed. 1.18.19
yantraṇam ūrdhvam adhas tiryak ca ||19||
1938 ed. 1.18.20
tatra ghanāṃ kavalikāṃ dattvā vāmahastaparikṣepam ṛjum anāviddham
asaṅkucitaṃ mṛdu paṭṭaṃ niveśya badhnīyāt | na ca vraṇasyopari
kuryād granthim ābādhakaraṃ ca ||20||
1938 ed. 1.18.21
na ca vikeśikauṣadhe atisnigdhe atirūkṣe viṣame vā kurvīta;
yasmādatisnehāt kledo, raukṣyācchedo,
durnyāsādvraṇavartmāvagharṣaṇam iti ||21||
1938 ed. 1.18.22
tatra vraṇāyatanaviśeṣād bandhaviśeṣas trividho bhavati gāḍhaḥ,
samaḥ, śithila iti ||22||
1938 ed. 1.18.23
pīḍayann arujo gāḍhaḥ socchvāsaḥ śithilaḥ smṛtaḥ |
naiva gāḍho na śithilaḥ samo bandhaḥ prakīrtitaḥ ||23||
1938 ed. 1.18.24
tatra sphikkukṣikakṣāvaṅkṣaṇoruśiraḥsu gāḍhaḥ,
śākhāvadanakarṇakaṇṭhameḍhramuṣkapṛṣṭhapārśvodaroraḥsu samaḥ,
akṣṇoḥ sandhiṣu ca śithila iti ||24||
1938 ed. 1.18.25
tatra paittikaṃ gāḍhasthāne samaṃ badhnīyāt, samasthāne śithilaṃ,
śithilasthāne naiva; evaṃ śoṇitaduṣṭaṃ ca; ślaiṣmikaṃ
śithilasthāne samaṃ, samasthāne gāḍhaṃ, gāḍhasthāne gāḍhataraṃ;
evaṃ vātaduṣṭaṃ ca ||25||
1938 ed. 1.18.26
tatra paittikaṃ śaradi grīṣme dvirahno badhnīyāt,
raktopadrutamapyevaṃ; ślaiṣmikaṃ hemantavasantayostryahāt ,
vātopadrutamapyevam | evamabhyūhya bandhaviparyayaṃ ca kuryāt
||26||
1938 ed. 1.18.27
tatra, samaśithilasthāneṣu gāḍhaṃ baddhe vikeśikauṣadhanair
arthakyaṃ śophavedanāprādurbhāvaś ca, gāḍhasamasthāneṣu śithilaṃ
baddhe vikeśikauṣadhapatanaṃ
paṭṭasañcārādvraṇavartmāvagharṣaṇamiti; gāḍhaśithilasthāneṣu samaṃ
baddhe ca guṇābhāva iti ||27||
1938 ed. 1.18.28
aviparītabandhe vedanopaśāntir asṛkprasādo mārdavaṃ ca ||28||
1938 ed. 1.18.29
abadhyamāno
daṃśamaśakatṛṇakāṣṭhopalapāṃśuśītavātātapaprabhṛtibhir viśeṣair
abhihanyate vraṇaḥ, vividhavedanopadrutaś ca duṣṭatām upaiti,
ālepanādīni cāsya viśoṣam upayānti ||29||
1938 ed. 1.18.30
cūrṇitaṃ mathitaṃ bhagnaṃ viśliṣṭam atipātitam |
asthisnāyusirācchinnam āśu bandhena rohati ||30||
1938 ed. 1.18.31
sukhamevaṃ vraṇī śete sukhaṃ gacchati tiṣṭhati |
sukhaṃ śayyāsanasthasya kṣipraṃ saṃrohati vraṇaḥ ||31||
1938 ed. 1.18.32
abandhyāḥ pittaraktābhighātaviṣanimittā yadā
śophadāhapākarāgatodavedanābhibhūtāḥ kṣārāgnidagdhāḥ pākāt
prakuthitapraśīrṇamāṃsāś ca bhavanti ||32||
1938 ed. 1.18.33
kuṣṭhinām agnidagdhānāṃ piḍakā madhumehinām |
karṇikāś conduruviṣe viṣajuṣṭāś ca ye vraṇāḥ ||33||
1938 ed. 1.18.34
māṃsapāke na badhyante gudapāke ca dāruṇe |
svabuddhyā cāpi vibhajet kṛtyākṛtyāṃś ca buddhimān ||34||
1938 ed. 1.18.35
deśaṃ doṣaṃ ca vijñāya vraṇaṃ ca vraṇakovidaḥ |
ṛtūṃś ca parisaṅkhyāya tato bandhān niveśayet ||35||
1938 ed. 1.18.36
ūrdhvaṃ tiryag adhastāc ca yantraṇā trividhā smṛtā |
yathā ca badhyate bandhas tathā vakṣyāmy aśeṣataḥ ||36||
1938 ed. 1.18.37
ghanāṃ kavalikāṃ dattvā mṛdu caivāpi paṭṭakam |
vikeśikāmauṣadhaṃ ca nātisnigdhaṃ samācaret ||37||
1938 ed. 1.18.38
prakledayatyatisnigdhā tathā rūkṣā kṣiṇoti ca |
yuktasnehā ropayati durnyastā vartma gharṣati ||38||
1938 ed. 1.18.39
viṣamaṃ ca vraṇaṃ kuryāt stambhayet srāvayettathā |
yathāvraṇaṃ viditvā tu yogaṃ vaidyaḥ prayojayet ||39||
1938 ed. 1.18.40
pittaje raktaje vā'pi sakṛd eva parikṣipet |
asakṛt kaphaje vā'pi vātaje ca vicakṣaṇaḥ ||40||
1938 ed. 1.18.41
talena pratipīḍyātha srāvayed anulomataḥ |
sarvāṃś ca bandhān gūḍhāntān sandhīṃś ca viniveśayet ||41||
1938 ed. 1.18.42
oṣṭhasyāpyeṣa sandhāne yathoddiṣṭo vidhiḥ smṛtaḥ |
buddhyotprekṣyābhiyuktena tathā cāsthiṣu jānatā ||42||
1938 ed. 1.18.43
uttiṣṭhato niṣaṇṇasya śayanaṃ cādhigacchataḥ |
gacchato vividhair yānair nāsya duṣyati sa vraṇaḥ ||43||
1938 ed. 1.18.44
ye ca syur māṃsasaṃsthā vai tvaggatāś ca tathā vraṇāḥ |
sandhyasthikoṣṭhalaprāptāś ca sirāsnāyugatās tathā ||44||
1938 ed. 1.18.45
tathā'vagāḍhagambhīrāḥ sarvato viṣamasthitāḥ |
naite sādhayituṃ śakyā ṛte bandhād bhavanti hi ||45||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne
vraṇālepanabandhavidhirnāmāṣṭādaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||18||
1938 ed. 1.19.1
athāto vraṇitopāsanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.19.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantriḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.19.3
vraṇitasya prathamamevāgāramanvicchet taccāgāraṃ praśastavāstvād
ikaṃ kāryam ||3||
1938 ed. 1.19.4
praśastavāstuni gṛhe śucāvātapavarjite |
nivāte na ca rogāḥ syuḥ śārīrāgantumānasāḥ ||4||
1938 ed. 1.19.5
tasmiñ śayanamasambādhaṃ svāstīrṇaṃ manojñaṃ prākśiraskaṃ
saśastraṃ kurvīta ||5||
1938 ed. 1.19.6
sukhaceṣṭāpracāraḥ syāt svāstīrṇe śayane vraṇī |
prācyāṃ diśi sthitā devāstatpūjārthaṃ ca tacchiraḥ ||6||
1938 ed. 1.19.7
tasmin suhṛdbhir anukūlaiḥ priyaṃvadair upāsyamāno yatheṣṭamāsīta
||7||
1938 ed. 1.19.8
suhṛdo vikṣipantyāśu kathābhir vraṇavedanāḥ |
āśvāsayanto bahuśaḥ svanukūlāḥ priyaṃvadāḥ ||8||
1938 ed. 1.19.9
na ca divānidrāvaśagaḥ syāt ||9||
1938 ed. 1.19.10
divāsvapnādvraṇe kaṇḍūrgātrāṇāṃ gauravaṃ tathā |
śvayathur vedanā rāgaḥ srāvaś caiva bhṛśaṃ bhavet ||10||
1938 ed. 1.19.11
utthānasaṃveśanaparivartanacaṅkramaṇoccair
bhāṣaṇādyāsvātmaceṣṭāsvapramatto vraṇaṃ saṃrakṣet ||11||
1938 ed. 1.19.12
sthānāsanaṃ caṅkramaṇaṃ divāsvapnaṃ tathaiva ca |
vraṇito na niṣeveta śaktimānapi mānavaḥ ||12||
1938 ed. 1.19.13
utthānādyāsanaṃ sthānaṃ śayyā cātiniṣevitā |
prāpnuyānmārutād aṅgarujas tasmād vivarjayet ||13||
1938 ed. 1.19.14
gamyānāṃ ca strīṇāṃ sandarśanasambhāṣaṇasaṃsparśanāni dūrata eva
pariharet ||14||
1938 ed. 1.19.15
strīdarśanādibhiḥ śukraṃ kadāciccalitaṃ sravet |
grāmyadharmakṛtāndoṣān so 'saṃsarge 'pyavāpnuyāt ||15||
1938 ed. 1.19.16
navadhānyamāṣatilakalāyakulatthaniṣpāvaharitakaśākāmlalavaṇakaṭukaguḍapiṣṭavikṛtivallūraśuṣkaśākājāvikānūpaudaka-
māṃsavasāśītodakakṛśarāpāyasadadhidugdhatakraprabhṛtīni pariharet
||16||
1938 ed. 1.19.17
takrānto navadhānyādiryo 'yaṃ varga udāhṛtaḥ |
doṣasañjanano hy eṣa vijñeyaḥ pūyavardhanaḥ ||17||
1938 ed. 1.19.18
madyapaś ca maireyāriṣṭāsavasīdhusurāvikārān pariharet ||18||
1938 ed. 1.19.19
madyamamlaṃ tathā rūkṣaṃ tīkṣṇamuṣṇaṃ ca vīryataḥ |
āśukāri ca tat pītaṃ kṣipraṃ vyāpādayed vraṇam ||19||
1938 ed. 1.19.20
vātātaparajodhūmāvaśyāyātisevanātibhojanāniṣṭabhojanaśravaṇadarśanerṣyāmarṣabhayaśokadhyānarātrijāgaraṇaviṣamāśana-
śayanopavāsavāgvyāyāmasthānacaṅkramaṇaśītavātaviruddhādhyaśanājīrṇamakṣikādyā
bādhāḥ pariharet ||20||
1938 ed. 1.19.21
vraṇinaḥ samprataptasya kāraṇair eva mādibhiḥ |
kṣīṇaśoṇitamāṃsasya bhuktaṃ samyaṅna jīryati ||21||
1938 ed. 1.19.22
ajīrṇāt pavanādīnāṃ vibhramo balavān bhavet |
tataḥ śopharujāsrāvadāhapākānavāpnuyāt ||22||
1938 ed. 1.19.23
sadā nīcanakharomṇā śucinā śuklavāsasā
śāntimaṅgaladevatābrāhmaṇagurupareṇa bhavitavyam iti | tat kasya
hetoḥ? hiṃsāvihārāṇi hi mahāvīryāṇi rakṣāṃsi
paśupatikuberakumārānucarāṇi māṃsaśoṇitapriyatvāt kṣatajanimittaṃ
vraṇinam upasarpanti, satkārārthaṃ jighāṃsūni vā kadācit ||23||
1938 ed. 1.19.24
bhavati cātra | teṣāṃ satkārakāmānāṃ prayatetāntarātmanā |
dhūpabalyupahārāṃś ca bhakṣyāṃścaivopahārayet ||24||
1938 ed. 1.19.25
te tu santarpitā ātmavantaṃ na hiṃsyuḥ | tasmāt satatamatandrito
janaparivṛto nityaṃ dīpodakaśastrasragdāmapuṣpalājādyalaṅkṛte
veśmani sampanmaṅgalamano 'nukūlāḥ kathāḥ śṛṇvannāsīta ||25||
1938 ed. 1.19.26
sampadādyanukūlābhiḥ kathābhiḥ prītamānasaḥ |
āśāvān vyādhimokṣāya kṣipraṃ sukham avāpnuyāt ||26||
1938 ed. 1.19.27
ṛgyajuḥsāmātharvavedābhihitair aparaiś cāśīrvidhānair upādhyāyā
bhiṣajaś ca sandhyayo rakṣāṃ kuryuḥ ||27||
1938 ed. 1.19.28
sarṣapāriṣṭapatrābhyāṃ sarpiṣā lavaṇena ca |
dvirahnaḥ kārayed dhūpaṃ daśarātramatandritaḥ ||28||
1938 ed. 1.19.29
chatrāmaticchatrāṃ lāṅgū(ṅga)līṃ jaṭilāṃ brahmacāriṇīṃ lakṣmīṃ
guhāmatiguhāṃ vacāmativiṣāṃ śatavīryāṃ sahasravīryāṃ
siddhārthakāṃś ca śirasā dhārayet ||29||
1938 ed. 1.19.30
vyajyeta bālavyajanairvraṇaṃ na ca vighaṭṭayet |
na tudenna ca kaṇḍūyecchayānaḥ paripālayet ||30||
1938 ed. 1.19.31
anena vidhinā yuktam ādāv eva niśācarāḥ |
vanaṃ keśariṇa''krāntaṃ varjayanti mṛgā iva ||31||
1938 ed. 1.19.32
jīrṇaśālyodanaṃ snigdhamalpamuṣṇaṃ dravottaram |
bhuñjāno jāṅgalair māṃsaiḥ śīghraṃ vraṇam apohati ||32||
1938 ed. 1.19.33
taṇḍulīyakajīvantīsuniṣaṇṇakavāstukaiḥ |
bālamūlakavārtākapaṭolaiḥ kāravellakaiḥ ||33||
1938 ed. 1.19.34
sadāḍimaiḥ sāmalakairghṛtabhṛṣṭaiḥ sasaindhavaiḥ |
anyair eva ṅguṇair vā'pi mudgādīnāṃ rasena vā
śaktūn vilepīṃ kulmāṣāñjalaṃ cāpi śṛtaṃ pibet ||34||
1938 ed. 1.19.35
divā na nidrāvaśago nivātagṛhagocaraḥ |
vraṇī vaidyavaśe tiṣṭhañ śīghraṃ vraṇamapohati ||35||
1938 ed. 1.19.36
(vraṇe śvayathurāyāsāt sa ca rāgaś ca jāgārāt |
tau ca ruk ca divāsvāpāttāś ca mṛtyuś ca maithunāt) ||36||
1938 ed. 1.19.37
evaṃvṛttasamācāro vraṇī sampadyate sukhī |
āyuś ca dīrghamāpnoti dhanvantarivaco yathā ||37||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne
vraṇitopāsanīyo nāmaikonaviṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||19||
1938 ed. 1.20.3
yadvāyoḥ pathyaṃ tat pittasyāpathyam ity anena hetunā na
kiñciddravyamekāntena hitamahitaṃ vā'stīti kecidācāryā bruvate |
tat tu na samyak; iha khalu yasmāddravyāṇi svabhāvataḥ saṃyogataś
caikāntahitānyekāntāhitāni hitāhitāni ca bhavanti ||3||
1938 ed. 1.20.4
tatra ,ekāntahitāni jātisātmyāt salilaghṛtadugdhaudanaprabhṛtīni;
ekāntāhitāni tu dahanapacanamāraṇādiṣu
pravṛttānyanalakṣāraviṣādīni, saṃyogādaparāṇi viṣatulyāni
bhavanti; hitāhitāni tu yadvāyoḥ pathyaṃ tat pittasyāpathyam iti
||4||
1938 ed. 1.20.5
ataḥ sarvaprāṇināmayamāhārārthaṃ varga upadiśyate; tad yathā-
raktaśāliṣaṣṭikakaṅgukramukundakapāṇḍukapītakapramodakakālakāsanakapuṣpakakardamakaśakunāhṛtasugandhakakalama-
nīvārakodravoddālakaśyāmākagodhūmayavavaiṇavaiṇahariṇakuraṅgamṛgamātṛkāśvadaṃṣṭrākarālakrakarakapotalāvatittirikapiñjalavartīravartikā
mudgavanamudgamakuṣṭhakalāyamasūramaṅgalyacaṇakahareṇvāḍhakīsatīnāścillivāstukasuniṣaṇṇakajīvantītaṇḍulīyakamaṇḍūkaparṇyaḥ,
gavyaṃ ghṛtaṃ, saindhavaṃ, dāḍimāmalakam ity eṣa vargaḥ
sarvaprāṇināṃ sāmānyataḥ pathyatamaḥ ||5||
1938 ed. 1.20.6
tathā brahmacaryanivātaśayanoṣṇodakasnānaniśāsvapnavyāyāmāś
caikāntataḥ pathyatamāḥ ||6||
1938 ed. 1.20.7
ekāntahitānyekāntāhitāni tu prāgupadiṣṭāni, hitāhitāni tu
yadvāyoḥ pathyaṃ tat pittasyāpathyam iti ||7||
1938 ed. 1.20.8
saṃyogatastvaparāṇi viṣatulyāni bhavanti | tad yathā-
vallīphalakavakakarīrāmlaphalalavaṇakulatthapiṇyākadadhitailavirohipiṣṭaśuṣkaśākājāvikamāṃsamadyajāmbavacilicimamatsyagodhāvarāhāṃśca
naikadhyamaśnīyāt payasā ||8||
1938 ed. 1.20.9
rogaṃ sātmyaṃ ca deśaṃ ca kālaṃ dehaṃ ca buddhimān |
avekṣyāgnyādikān bhāvān rogavṛtteḥ prayojayet ||9||
1938 ed. 1.20.10
avasthāntarabāhulyādrogādīnāṃ vyavasthitam | dravyaṃ necchanti
bhiṣaja icchanti svastharakṣaṇe ||10||
1938 ed. 1.20.11
dvayor anyatarādāne vadanti viṣadugdhayoḥ |
dugdhasyaikāntahitatāṃ viṣamekāntato 'hitam ||11|| evaṃ
yuktaraseṣveṣu dravyeṣu salilādiṣu | ekāntahitatāṃ viddhi vatsa
suśruta nānyathā ||12||
1938 ed. 1.20.13
ato 'nyānyapi saṃyogādahitāni vakṣyāmaḥ-
navavirūḍhadhānyairvasāmadhupayoguḍamāṣair vā
grāmyānūpaudakapiśitādīni nābhyavaharet; na payomadhubhyāṃ
rohiṇīśākaṃ jātukaśākaṃ vā'śnīyāt, balākāṃ vāruṇīkulmāṣābhyāṃ,
kākamācīṃ pippalīmaricābhyāṃ; nāḍībhaṅgaśākakukkuṭadadhīni ca
naikadhyaṃ; madhu coṣṇodakānupānaṃ; pittena cāmamāṃsāni;
surākṛśarāpāyasāṃś ca naikadhyaṃ; sauvīrakeṇa saha tilaśaṣkulīṃ;
matsyaiḥ sahekṣuvikārān; guḍena kākamācīṃ, madhunā mūlakaṃ, guḍena
vārāhaṃ madhunā ca saha viruddhaṃ; kṣīreṇa mūlakam,
āmrajāmbavaśvāvicchūkaragodhāśca; sarvāṃś ca matsyān payasā,
viśeṣeṇa cilicimaṃ; kadalīphalaṃ tālaphalena payasā dadhnā takreṇa
vā; lakucaphalaṃ payasā dadhnā māṣasūpena vā, prāk payasaḥ payaso
'nte vā ||13||
1938 ed. 1.20.14
ataḥ karmaviruddhān vakṣyāmaḥ- kapotān sarṣapatailabhṛṣṭānnādyāt;
kapiñjalamayūralāvatittirigodhāścairaṇḍadārvyagnisiddhā
eraṇḍatailasiddhā vā nādyāt; kāṃsyabhājane daśarātraparyuṣitaṃ
sarpiḥ; madhu coṣṇair uṣṇe vā; matsyaparipacane
śṛṅgaveraparipacane vā siddhāṃ kākamācīṃ;
tilakalkasiddhamupodikāśākaṃ; nārikelena varāhavasāparibhṛṣṭāṃ
balākāṃ; bhāsamaṅgāraśūlyaṃ nāśnīyāditi ||14||
1938 ed. 1.20.15
ato mānaviruddhān vakṣyāmaḥ- madhvambunī madhusarpiṣī
mānatastulye nāśnīyāt; snehau madhusnehau jalasnehau vā
viśeṣādāntarīkṣodakānupānau ||15||
1938 ed. 1.20.16
ata ūrdhvaṃ rasadvandvāni rasato vīryato vipākataś ca viruddhāni
vakṣyāmaḥ- tatra madhurāmlau rasavīryaviruddhau, madhuralavaṇau
ca, madhurakaṭukau ca sarvataḥ, madhuratiktau rasavipākābhyāṃ,
madhurakaṣāyau ca, amlalavaṇau rasataḥ, amlakaṭukau
rasavipākābhyām, amlatiktāvamlakaṣāyau ca sarvataḥ, lavaṇakaṭukau
rasavipākābhyāṃ, lavaṇatiktau lavaṇakaṣāyau ca sarvataḥ,
kaṭutiktau rasavīryābhyāṃ kaṭukaṣāyau ca, tiktakaṣāyau rasataḥ
||16||
1938 ed. 1.20.17
taratamayogayuktāṃśca
bhāvānatisnigdhānatirūkṣānatyuṣṇānatiśītānity evamādīn vivarjayet
||17||
1938 ed. 1.20.18
bhavanti cātra - viruddhānyevamādīni vīryato yāni kānicit |
tānyekāntāhitānyeva śeṣaṃ vidyāddhitāhitam ||18||
1938 ed. 1.20.19
vyādhimindriyadaurbalyaṃ maraṇaṃ cādhigacchati |
viruddharasavīryāṇi bhuñjāno 'nātmavān naraḥ ||19||
1938 ed. 1.20.20
yatkiñciddoṣamutkleśya bhuktaṃ kāyānna nirharet |
rasādiṣvayathārthaṃ vā tadvikārāya kalpate ||20||
1938 ed. 1.20.21
viruddhāśanajān rogān pratihanti virecanam | vamanaṃ śamanaṃ
vā'pi pūrvaṃ vā hitasevanam ||21||
1938 ed. 1.20.22
sātmyato 'lpatayā vā'pi dīptāgnestaruṇasya ca |
snigdhavyāyāmabalināṃ viruddhaṃ vitathaṃ bhavet ||22||
1938 ed. 1.20.23
atha vātaguṇān vakṣyāmaḥ- pūrvaḥ samadhuraḥ snigdho lavaṇaś caiva
mārutaḥ | gururvidāhajanano raktapittābhivardhanaḥ ||23||
1938 ed. 1.20.24
kṣatānāṃ viṣajuṣṭānāṃ vraṇinaḥ śleṣmalāś ca ye | teṣāṃ eva
viśeṣeṇa sadā rogavivardhanaḥ ||24||
1938 ed. 1.20.25
vātalānāṃ praśastaś ca śrāntānāṃ kaphaśoṣiṇām | madhuraś cāvidāhī
ca kaṣāyānuraso laghuḥ | dakṣiṇo mārutaḥ śreṣṭhaścakṣuṣyo
balavardhanaḥ ||25||
1938 ed. 1.20.26
raktapittapraśamano na ca vātaprakopaṇaḥ | viśado rūkṣaparuṣaḥ
kharaḥ snehabalāpahaḥ ||26||
1938 ed. 1.20.27
paścimo mārutastīkṣṇaḥ kaphamedoviśoṣaṇaḥ | sadyaḥ
prāṇakṣayakaraḥ śoṣaṇas tu śarīriṇām ||27||
1938 ed. 1.20.28
uttaro mārutaḥ snigdho mṛdurmadhura eva ca | kaṣāyānurasaḥ śīto
doṣāṇāṃ cāprakopaṇaḥ ||28||
1938 ed. 1.20.29
tasmāc ca prakṛtisthānāṃ kledano balavardhanaḥ |
kṣīṇakṣayaviṣārtānāṃ viśeṣeṇa tu pūjitaḥ ||29||
1938 ed. 1.20.trailer
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne hitāhitīyo nāma viṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ
||20||
1938 ed. 1.21.1
athāto vraṇapraśnam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.21.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.21.3
vātapittaśleṣmāṇa eva dehasambhavahetavaḥ | tair
evāvyāpannair adhomadhyor dhvasanniviṣṭaiḥ śarīramidaṃ
dhāryate 'gāram iva sthūṇābhis tisṛbhiḥ ataś ca
tristhūṇamāhureke | ta eva ca vyāpannāḥ pralayahetavaḥ |
tadebhir eva śoṇitacaturthaiḥ sambhavasthitipralayeṣv apy
avirahitaṃ śarīraṃ bhavati ||3||
1938 ed. 1.21.4
bhavati cātra
narte dehaḥ kaphād asti na pittānna ca mārutāt |
śoṇitād api vā nityaṃ deha etais tu dhāryate ||4||
1938 ed. 1.21.5
tatra ‘vā’ gatigandhanayoḥ, iti dhātuḥ, ‘tapa’ santāpe,
‘śliṣa’ āliṅgane, eteṣāṃ kṛdvihitaiḥ pratyayair vātaḥ pittaṃ
śleṣmeti ca rūpāṇi bhavanti ||5||
1938 ed. 1.21.6
doṣasthānānyata ūrdhvaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ tatra samāsena vātaḥ
śroṇigudasaṃśrayaḥ; tad upary adho nābheḥ pakvāśayaḥ
pakvāmāśayamadhyaṃ pittasya āmāśayaḥ śleṣmaṇaḥ ||6||
1938 ed. 1.21.7
ataḥ paraṃ pañcadhā vibhajyante | tatra vātasya vātavyādhau
vakṣyāmaḥ; pittasya yakṛtplīhānau hṛdayaṃ dṛṣṭistvak pūrvoktaṃ
ca; śleṣmaṇa uraḥ śiraḥ kaṇṭho jihvāmūlaṃ sandhaya iti
pūrvoktaṃ ca etāni khalu doṣāṇāṃ sthānānyavyāpannānām ||7||
1938 ed. 1.21.8
bhavati cātra
visargodānavikṣepaiḥ somasūryānilā yathā |
dhārayanti jagaddehaṃ kaphapittānilās tathā ||8||
1938 ed. 1.21.9
tatra jijñāsyaṃ kiṃ pittavyatirekādanyo 'gniḥ? āhosvit
pittamevāgniriti? | atrocyate- na khalu pittavyatirekādanyo
'gnirupalabhyate, āgneyatvāt pitte
dahanapacanādiṣvabhipravartamāne 'gnivadupacāraḥ kriyate
'ntaragniriti; kṣīṇe hy agniguṇe tatsamānadravyopayogāt,
ativṛddhe śītakriyopayogāt , āgamāc ca paśyāmo na khalu
pittavyatirekādanyo 'gniriti ||9||
1938 ed. 1.21.10
taccādṛṣṭahetukena viśeṣeṇa pakvāmāśayamadhyasthaṃ pittaṃ
caturvidhamannapānaṃ pacati, vivecayati ca
doṣarasamūtrapurīṣāṇi; tatrastham eva cātmaśaktyā śeṣāṇāṃ
pittasthānānāṃ śarīrasya cāgnikarmaṇā'nugrahaṃ karoti, tasmin
pitte pācako 'gniriti sañjñā; yat tu yakṛtplīhnoḥ pittaṃ
tasmin rañjako 'gniriti sañjñā, sa rasasya rāgakṛduktaḥ; yat
pittaṃ hṛdayasthaṃ tasmin sādhako 'gniriti sañjñā, so
'bhiprārthitamanorathasādhanakṛduktaḥ; yaddṛṣṭyāṃ pittaṃ
tasminnālocako 'gniriti sañjñā, sa rūpagrahaṇā'dhikṛtaḥ; yattu
tvaci pittaṃ tasmin bhrājako 'gniriti sañjñā, so
'bhyaṅgapariṣekāvagāhālepanādīnāṃ kriyādravyāṇāṃ paktā
chāyānāṃ ca prakāśakaḥ ||10||
1938 ed. 1.21.11
bhavati cātra
pittaṃ tīkṣṇaṃ dravaṃ pūti nīlaṃ pītaṃ tathaiva ca |
uṣṇaṃ kaṭurasaṃ caiva vidagdhaṃ cāmlam eva ca ||11||
1938 ed. 1.21.12
ata ūrdhvaṃ śleṣmasthānānyanuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ | tatra, āmāśayaḥ
pittāśayasyopariṣṭāt tatpratyanīkatvād ūrdhvagatitvāt tejasaḥ,
candra iva ādity asya , caturvidhasyāhārasyādhāraḥ; sa ca
tatraudakairguṇairāhāraḥ praklinno bhinnasaṅghātaḥ sukhajaro
bhavati ||12||
1938 ed. 1.21.13
mādhuryāt picchilatvāc ca prakleditvāt tathaiva ca |
āmāśaye sambhavati śleṣmā madhuraśītalaḥ ||13||
1938 ed. 1.21.14
sa tatrastha eva svaśaktyā śeṣāṇāṃ śleṣmasthānānāṃ śarīrasya
codakakarmaṇā'nugrahaṃ karoti;
uraḥsthastrikasandhāraṇamātmavīryeṇānnarasasahitena
hṛdayāvalambanaṃ karoti; jihvāmūlakaṇṭhastho jihvendriyasya
saumyatvāt samyagrasajñāne vartate; śiraḥsthaḥ
snehasantarpaṇādhikṛtatvād indriyāṇāmātmavīryeṇānugrahaṃ
karot; sandhisthaḥ śleṣmā sarvasandhisaṃśleṣāt
sarvasandhyanugrahaṃ karoti ||14||
1938 ed. 1.21.15
bhavati cātra
śleṣmā śveto guruḥ snigdhaḥ picchilaḥ śīta eva ca |
madhurastvavidagdhaḥ syādvidagdho lavaṇa smṛtaḥ ||15||
1938 ed. 1.21.16
śoṇitasya sthānaṃ yakṛtplīhānau, tacca prāgabhihitaṃ;
tatrastham eva śeṣāṇāṃ śoṇitasthānānāmanugrahaṃ karoti ||16||
1938 ed. 1.21.17
bhavati cātra
anuṣṇaśītaṃ madhuraṃ snigdhaṃ raktaṃ ca varṇataḥ |
śoṇitaṃ guru visraṃ syādvidāhaś cāsya pittavat ||17||
1938 ed. 1.21.18
etāni khalu doṣasthānāni eṣu sañcīyante doṣāḥ | prāk
sañcayahetur uktaḥ | tatra sañcitānāṃ khalu doṣāṇāṃ
stabdhapūrṇakoṣṭhatā pītāvabhāsatā mandoṣmatā cāṅgānāṃ
gauravamālasyaṃ cayakāraṇavidveṣaś ceti liṅgāni bhavanti |
tatra prathamaḥ kriyākālaḥ ||18||
1938 ed. 1.21.19
ata ūrdhvaṃ prakopaṇāni vakṣyāmaḥ | tatra
balavadvigrahātivyāyāmavyavāyādhyayanaprapatanapradhāvanaprapīḍanābhighātalaṅghanaplavanataraṇarātrijāgaraṇabhāraharaṇa-
gajaturagarathapadāticaryākaṭukaṣāyatiktarūkṣalaghuśītavīryaśuṣkaśākavallūravarakoddālakakoradūṣaśyāmākanīvāra-
mudgamasūrāḍhakīhareṇukalāyaniṣpāvānaśanaviṣamāśanādhyaśanavātamūtrapurīṣaśukracchardikṣavathūdgārabāṣpavegavighātādibhir
viśeṣair vāyuḥ prakopamāpadyate ||19||
1938 ed. 1.21.20
sa śītābhrapravāteṣu gharmānte ca viśeṣataḥ |
pratyūṣasyaparāhṇe tu jīrṇe 'nne ca prakupyati ||20||
1938 ed. 1.21.21
krodhaśokabhayāyāsopavāsavidagdhamaithunopagamanakaṭvamlalavaṇa-
tīkṣṇoṣṇalaghuvidāhitilatailapiṇyākakulatthasarṣapātasīharitakaśāka-
godhāmatsyājāvikamāṃsadadhitakrakūrcikāmastusauvīrakasurāvikārāmlaphalakaṭvaraprabhṛtibhiḥ
pittaṃ prakopamāpadyate ||21||
1938 ed. 1.21.22
tad uṣṇair uṣṇakāle ca ghanānte ca viśeṣataḥ |
madhyāhne cārdharātre ca jīryatyanne ca kupyati ||22||
1938 ed. 1.21.23
divāsvapnāvyāyāmālasyamadhurāmlalavaṇaśītasnigdhagurupicchilābhiṣyandihāyanakayavakanaiṣadhetkaṭa-
māṣamahāmāṣagodhūmatilapiṣṭavikṛtidadhidugdhakṛśarāpāyasekṣuvikārānūpaudakamāṃsavasābisamṛṇāla-
kaserukaśṛṅgāṭakamadhuravallīphalasamaśanādhyaśanaprabhṛtibhiḥ
śleṣmā prakopamāpadyate ||23||
1938 ed. 1.21.24
sa śītaiḥ śītakāle ca vasante ca viśeṣataḥ |
pūrvāhṇe ca pradoṣe ca bhuktamātre prakupyati ||24||
1938 ed. 1.21.25
pittaprakopaṇair eva cābhīkṣṇaṃ dravasnigdhagurubhir āhārair
divāsvapnakrodhānalātapaśramābhighātājīrṇaviruddhādhyaśanādibhir
viśeṣair asṛk prakopamāpadyate ||25||
1938 ed. 1.21.26
yasmādraktaṃ vinā doṣairna kadācit prakupyati |
tasmāt tasya yathādoṣaṃ kālaṃ vidyat prakopaṇe ||26||
1938 ed. 1.21.27
teṣāṃ prakopāt
koṣṭhatodasañcaraṇāmlīkāpipāsāparidāhānnadveṣahṛdayotkledāś ca
jāyante | tatra dvitīyaḥ kriyākālaḥ ||27||
1938 ed. 1.21.28
ata ūrdhvaṃ prasaraṃ vakṣyāmaḥ- teṣāṃ ebhir ātaṅkaviśeṣaiḥ
prakupitānāṃ kiṇvodakapiṣṭasamavāya ivodriktānāṃ prasaro
bhavati | teṣāṃ vāyurgatimattvāt prasaraṇahetuḥ saty apy
acaitanye | sa hi rajobhūyiṣṭhaḥ; rajaś ca pravartakaṃ
sarvabhāvānām | yathā- mahānudakasañcayo 'tivṛddhaḥ
setumavadāryāpareṇodakena vyāmiśraḥ sarvataḥ pradhāvati, evaṃ
doṣāḥ kadācidekaśo dviśaḥ samastāḥ śoṇitasahitā vā'nekadhā
prasaranti | tad yathā- vātaḥ, pittaṃ, śleṣmā, śoṇitaṃ,
vātapitte, vātaśleṣmāṇau, pittaśleṣmāṇau, vātaśoṇite,
pittaśoṇite, śleṣmaśoṇite, vātapittaśoṇitāni,
vātaśleṣmaśoṇitāni, pittaśleṣmaśoṇitāni, vātapittakaphāḥ,
vātapittakaphaśoṇitānīti; evaṃ pañcadaśadhā prasaranti ||28||
1938 ed. 1.21.29
kṛtsne 'rdhe 'vayave vā'pi yatrāṅge kupito bhṛśam |
doṣo vikāraṃ nabhasi meghavattatra varṣati ||29||
1938 ed. 1.21.30
nātyarthaṃ kupitaś cāpi līno mārgeṣu tiṣṭhati |
niṣpratyanīkaḥ kālena hetumāsādya kupyati ||30||
1938 ed. 1.21.31
tatra vāyoḥ pittasthānagatasya pittavat pratīkāraḥ, pittasya
ca kaphasthānagatasya kaphavat, kaphasya ca vātasthānagatasya
vātavat ; eṣa kriyāvibhāgaḥ ||31||
1938 ed. 1.21.32
evaṃ prakupitānāṃ prasaratāṃ vāyor vimārgagamanāṭopau,
oṣacoṣaparidāhadhūmāyanāni pittasya, arocakāvipākāṅgasādāś
chardiś ceti śleṣmaṇo liṅgāni bhavanti; tatra tṛtīyaḥ
kriyākālaḥ ||32||
1938 ed. 1.21.33
ata ūrdhvaṃ sthānasaṃśrayaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ | evaṃ prakupitā
tāṃstāñ śarīrapradeśānāgamya tāṃstān vyādhīn janayanti | te
yadodarasanniveśaṃ kurvanti tadā gulma
vidradhyudarāgnisaṅgānāhavisūcikātisāraprabhṛtīñjanayanti;
bastigatāḥ pramehāśmarīmūtrāghātamūtradoṣaprabhṛtīn;
meḍhragatā niruddhaprakaśopadaṃśaśūkadoṣaprabhṛtīn; gudagatā
bhagandarārśaḥprabhṛtīn; vṛṣaṇagatā vṛddhīḥ;
ūrdhvajatrugatāstūrdhvajān; tvaṅmaṃsaśoṇitasthāḥ kṣudrarogān
kuṣṭhāni visarpāṃś ca; medogatā
granthyapacyarbudagalagaṇḍālajīprabhṛtīn; asthigatā
vidradhyanuśayīprabhṛtīn; pādagatāḥ
ślīpadavātaśoṇitavātakaṇṭakaprabhṛtīn; sarvāṅgagatā
jvarasarvāṅgarogaprabhṛtīn; teṣāṃ evamabhis anniviṣṭānāṃ
pūrvarūpaprādurbhāvaḥ ; taṃ pratirogaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ |
tatraSS.1.20. pūrvarūpagateṣu caturthaḥ kriyākālaḥ ||33||
1938 ed. 1.21.34
ata ūrdhvaṃ vyādherdarśanaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ-
śophārbudagranthividradhivisarpaprabhṛtīnāṃ pravyaktalakṣaṇatā
jvarātīsāraprabhṛtīnāṃ ca | tatra pañcamaḥ kriyākālaḥ ||34||
1938 ed. 1.21.35
ata ūrdhvameteṣāmavadīrṇānāṃ vraṇabhāvamāpannānāṃ ṣaṣṭhaḥ
kriyākālaḥ, jvarātisāraprabhṛtīnāṃ ca dīrghakālānubandhaḥ |
tatrāpratikriyamāṇe 'sādhyatām upayānti ||35||
1938 ed. 1.21.36
bhavanti cātra
sañcayaṃ ca prakopaṃ ca prasaraṃ sthānasaṃśrayam |
vyaktiṃ bhedaṃ ca yo vetti doṣāṇāṃ sa bhavedbhiṣak ||36||
1938 ed. 1.21.37
sañcaye 'pahṛtā doṣā labhante nottarā gatīḥ |
te tūttarāsu gatiṣu bhavanti balavattarāḥ ||37||
1938 ed. 1.21.38
sarvair bhāvais tribhir vā'pi dvābhyām ekena vā punaḥ |
saṃsarge kupitaḥ kruddhaṃ doṣaṃ doṣo 'nudhāvati ||38||
1938 ed. 1.21.39
saṃsarge yo garīyān syād upakramyaḥ sa vai bhavet |
śeṣadoṣāvirodhena sannipāte tathaiva ca ||39||
1938 ed. 1.21.40
vṛṇoti yasmād rūḍhe 'pi vraṇavas tu na naśyati |
ādehadhāraṇāttasmād vraṇa ity ucyate budhaiḥ ||40||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne
vraṇapraśnādhyāyo nāmaikaviṃśodhyāyaḥ ||21||
1938 ed. 1.22.1
athāto vraṇāsrāvavijñānīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyamaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.22.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.22.3
tvaṅmāṃsasirāsnāyvasthisandhikoṣṭhamarmāṇītyaṣṭau
vraṇavastūni | atra sarvavraṇasanniveśaḥ ||3||
1938 ed. 1.22.4
tatra, ādyaikavastusanniveśī tvagbhedī vraṇaḥ sūpacaraḥ,
śeṣāḥ svayamavadīryamāṇā durupacārāḥ ||4||
1938 ed. 1.22.5
tatrāyataś caturasro vṛttastripuṭaka iti vraṇākṛtisamāsaḥ,
śeṣās tu vikṛtākṛtayo durupakramā bhavanti ||5||
1938 ed. 1.22.6
sarva eva vraṇāḥ kṣipraṃ saṃrohantyātmavatāṃ subhiṣagbhiś
copakrāntāḥ; anātmavatāmajñaiś copakrāntāḥ praduṣyanti,
pravṛddhatvād doṣāṇām ||6||
1938 ed. 1.22.7
tatrātisaṃvṛto 'tivivṛto 'tikaṭhino 'timṛdurutsanno 'vasanno
'tiśīto 'tyuṣṇaḥ nagandhātyarthadāhapākarāgavedanāvāniti
pittena, śeṣāḥ kaphena; unmārgī mukhāt mukhāntaravān, utsaṅgaḥ
koṭaraḥ’ iti cakraḥ; kṛṣṇaraktapītaśuklādīnāṃ varṇānām
anyatamavarṇo bhairavaḥ pūtipūyamāṃsasirāsnāyuprabhṛtibhiḥ
pūrṇaḥ pūtipūyāsrāvyunmārgyutsaṅgyamanojñadarśanagandho
'tyarthaṃ vedanāvān dāhapākarāgakaṇḍūśophapiḍakopadruto
'tyarthaṃ duṣṭaśoṇitāsrāvī dīrghakālānubandhī ceti
duṣṭavraṇaliṅgāni | tasya doṣocchrāyeṇa ṣaṭtvaṃ vibhajya
yathāsvaṃ pratīkāre prayateta ||7||
1938 ed. 1.22.8a
ata ūrdhvaṃ sarvasrāvān vakṣyāmaḥ- tatra ghṛṣṭāsu chinnāsu vā
tvakṣu sphoṭe bhinne vidārite vā salilaprakāśo bhavatyāsrāvaḥ
kiñcidvisraḥ pītāvabhāsaśca; māṃsagataḥ sarpiḥprakāśaḥ sāndraḥ
śvetaḥ picchilaś ca; sirāgataḥ sadyaśchinnāsu sirāsu
raktātipravṛttiḥ pakvāsu ca toyanāḍībhir iva toyāgamanaṃ
pūyasya, āsrāvaś cātra tanurvicchinnaḥ picchilo 'valambī śyāvo
'vaśyāyapratimaś ca; snāyugataḥ snigdho ghanaḥ
siṅghāṇakapratimaḥ saraktaś ca; asthigato 'sthanyabhihate
sphuṭite bhinne doṣāvadārite vā doṣabhakṣitatvād asthi
niḥsāraṃ śuktidhautamivābhāti , āsrāvaś cātra majjamiśraḥ
sarudhiraḥ snigdhaś ca; sandhigataḥ pīḍyamāno na pravartate,
ākuñcanaprasāraṇonnamanavinamanapradhāvanotkāsanapravāhaṇaiś
ca sravati, āsrāvaś cātra picchilo 'valambī sarudhironmathitaś
ca ; koṣṭhagato 'sṛṅmūtrapurīṣapūyodakāni sravati;
marmagatastvagādiṣvavaruddhatvānnocyate |
1938 ed. 1.22.8b
tatra tvagādigatānāmāsrāvāṇāṃ yathākramaṃ
pāruṣyaśyāvāvaśyāyadadhimastukṣārodakamāṃsadhāvanapulākodakasannibhatvāni
mārutādbhavanti; pittād
gomedakagomūtrabhasmaśaṅkhakaṣāyodakamādhvīkatailasannibhatvāni;
pittavadraktādativisratvaṃ ca;
kaphānnavanītakāsīsamajjapiṣṭatilanālikerodakavarāhavasāsannibhatvāni;
sannipātānnālikerodakair
vārukarasakāñjikaprasādārukodakapriyaṅguphalayakṛnmudgayūṣasavarṇatvānīti
||8||
1938 ed. 1.22.9
ślokau cātra bhavataḥ
pakvāśayādasādhyas tu pulākodakasannibhaḥ |
kṣārodakanibhaḥ srāvo varjyo raktāśayātsravan ||9||
1938 ed. 1.22.10
āmāśayāt kalāyāmbhonibhaś ca trikasandhijaḥ |
srāvānetān parīkṣyādau tataḥ karmācared bhiṣak ||10||
1938 ed. 1.22.11
ata ūrdhvaṃ sarvavraṇavedanā vakṣyāmaḥ-
todanabhedanatāḍanacchedanāyāmanamanthanavikṣepaṇacumucumāyananirdahanāvabhañjanasphoṭana
vidāraṇotpāṭanakampanavividhaśūlaviśleṣaṇavikiraṇastambhanapūraṇasvapnākuñjanāṅku
śikāḥ sambhavanti, animittavividhavedanāprādurbhāvo vā
muhurmuhuryatrāgacchanti vedanāviśeṣāstaṃ vātikam iti vidyāt;
oṣacoṣaparidāhadhūmāyanāni yatra gātramaṅgārāvakīrṇam iva
pacyate yatra coṣmābhivṛddhiḥ kṣate kṣārāvasiktavac ca
vedanāviśeṣāstaṃ paittikam iti vidyāt; pittavadraktasamutthaṃ
jānīyāt; kaṇḍūrgurutvaṃ suptatvam upadeho 'lpavedanatvaṃ
stambhaḥ śaityaṃ ca yatra taṃ ślaiṣmikam iti vidyāt; yatra
sarvāsāṃ vedanānām utpattistaṃ sānnipātikam iti vidyāt ||11||
1938 ed. 1.22.12
ata ūrdhvaṃ vraṇavarṇān vakṣyāmaḥ- bhasmakapotāsthivarṇaḥ
paruṣo 'ruṇaḥ kṛṣṇa iti mārutajasyaḥ nīlaḥ pīto haritaḥ śyāvaḥ
kṛṣṇo raktaḥ piṅgalaḥ kapila iti raktapittasamutthayoḥ; śvetaḥ
snigdhaḥ pāṇḍur iti śleṣmajasya; sarvavarṇopetaḥ sānnipātika
iti ||12||
1938 ed. 1.22.13
bhavati cātra
na kevalaṃ vraṇeṣūkto vedanāvarṇasaṅgrahaḥ |
sarvaśophavikāreṣu vraṇaval lakṣayed bhiṣak ||13||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne
vraṇāsrāvavijñānīyo nāma dvāviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||22||
1938 ed. 1.23.1
athātaḥ kṛtyākṛtyavidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.23.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.23.3
tatra vayaḥsthānāṃ dṛḍhānāṃ prāṇavatāṃ sattvavatāṃ
(ātmavatāṃ) ca sucikitsyā vraṇāḥ ekasmin vā puruṣe yatraitad
guṇacatuṣṭayaṃ tasya sukhasādhanīyatamāḥ | tatra vayaḥsthānāṃ
pratyagradhātutvād āśu vraṇā rohanti dṛḍhānāṃ
sthirabahumāṃsatvāc chastram avacāryamāṇaṃ sirāsnāyvādiviśeṣān
na prāpnoti prāṇavatāṃ vedanābhighātāhārayantraṇādibhir na
glānir utpadyate sattvavatāṃ dāruṇair api kriyāviśeṣair na
vyathā bhavati tasmād eteṣāṃ sukhasādhanīyatamāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.23.4
ta eva viparītaguṇā vṛddhakṛśālpaprāṇabhīruṣu draṣṭavyāḥ
||4||
1938 ed. 1.23.5
sphikpāyuprajananalalāṭagaṇḍauṣṭhapṛṣṭhakarṇaphalakoṣodarajatrumukhābhyantarasaṃsthāḥ
sukharopaṇīyā vraṇāḥ ||5||
1938 ed. 1.23.6
akṣidantanāsāpāṅgaśrotranābhijaṭharasevanīnitambapārśvakukṣivakṣaḥkakṣāstanasandhibhāgagatāḥ
saphenapūyaraktānilavāhino 'ntaḥśalyāś ca duścikitsyāḥ;
adhobhāgāścordhvabhāganirvāhiṇo ,
romāntopanakhamarmajaṅghāsthisaṃśritāśca, bhagandaramapi
cāntarmukhaṃ sevanīkuṭakāsthisaṃśritam ||6||
1938 ed. 1.23.7
kuṣṭhināṃ viṣajuṣṭānāṃ śoṣiṇāṃ madhumehinām |
vraṇāḥ kṛcchreṇa sidhyanti yeṣāṃ cāpi vraṇe vraṇāḥ ||7||
1938 ed. 1.23.8
avapāṭikāniruddhaprakaśasanniruddhagudajaṭharāṇi,
granthikṣatakrimayaḥ pratiśyāyajāḥ koṣṭhajāś ca tvagdoṣiṇāṃ
pramehiṇāṃ vā ye parikṣateṣu dṛśyante, śarkarā sikatāmeho
vātakuṇḍalikā'ṣṭhīlā dantaśarkaropakuśaḥ kaṇṭhaśālūkaṃ
niṣkoṣaṇadūṣitāś ca dantaveṣṭā
visarpāsthikṣatoraḥkṣatavraṇagranthiprabhṛtayaś ca yāpyāḥ
||8||
1938 ed. 1.23.9
sādhyā yāpyatvam āyānti yāpyāś cāsādhyatāṃ tathā |
ghnanti prāṇān asādhyās tu narāṇām akriyāvatām ||9||
1938 ed. 1.23.10
yāpanīyaṃ vijānīyāt kriyā dhārayate tu yam |
kriyāyāṃ tu nivṛttāyāṃ sadya eva vinaśyati ||10||
1938 ed. 1.23.11
prāptā kriyāṃ dhārayati yāpyavyādhitam āturam |
prapatiṣyadivāgāraṃ viṣkambhaḥ sādhuyojitaḥ ||11||
1938 ed. 1.23.12
ata ūrdhvam asādhyān vakṣyāmaḥ- māṃsapiṇḍavadudgatāḥ
prasekino 'ntaḥpūyavedanāvanto 'śvāpānavadudvṛttauṣṭhāḥ ,
kecit kaṭhinā gośṛṅgavadudgatamṛdumāṃsaprarohāḥ, apare
duṣṭarudhirāsrāviṇastanuśītapicchilāsrāviṇo vā madhyonnatāḥ,
kecidavasannaśuṣiraparyantāḥ śaṇatūlavat snāyujālavanto
durdarśanāḥ, vasāmedomajjamastuluṅgasrāviṇaś ca doṣasamutthāḥ,
pītāsitamūtrapurīṣavātavāhinaś ca koṣṭhasthāḥ, ta
evobhayatobhāgavraṇamukheṣu pūyaraktanirvāhiṇaḥ,
(kṣīṇamāṃsānāṃ ca ) sarvatogatayaś cāṇumukhā
māṃsabudbudavantaḥ, saśabdavātavāhinaś ca śiraḥkaṇṭhasthāḥ,
kṣīṇamāṃsānāṃ ca pūyaraktanirvāhiṇo
'rocakāvipākakāsaśvāsopadravayuktāḥ, bhinne vā śiraḥkapāle
yatra mastuluṅgadarśanaṃ tridoṣaliṅgaprādurbhāvaḥ kāsaśvāsau
vā yasyeti ||12||
1938 ed. 1.23.13
bhavati cātra
vasāṃ medo 'tha majjānaṃ mastuluṅgaṃ ca yaḥ sravet |
āgantus tu vraṇaḥ sidhyen na sidhyed doṣasambhavaḥ ||13||
1938 ed. 1.23.14
amarmopahite deśe sirāsandhyasthivarjite |
vikāroyo 'nuparyeti tad asādhyasya lakṣaṇam ||14||
1938 ed. 1.23.15
krameṇopacayaṃ prāpya dhātūn anugataḥ śanaiḥ |
na śakya unmūlayituṃ vṛddho vṛkṣa ivāmayaḥ ||15||
1938 ed. 1.23.16
sa sthiratvān mahattvāc ca dhātvanukramaṇena ca |
nihantyauṣadhavīryāṇi mantrān duṣṭagraho yathā ||16||
1938 ed. 1.23.17
ato yo viparītaḥ syāt sukhasādhyaḥ sa ucyate |
abaddhamūlaḥ kṣupako yadvad utpāṭane sukhaḥ ||17||
1938 ed. 1.23.18
tribhir doṣair anākrāntaḥ śyāvauṣṭhaḥ piḍakī samaḥ |
avedano nirāsrāvo vraṇaḥ śuddha ihocyate ||18||
1938 ed. 1.23.19
kapotavarṇapratimā yasyāntāḥ kledavarjitāḥ |
sthirāś cipiṭikāvanto rohatīti tam ādiśet ||19||
1938 ed. 1.23.20
rūḍhavartmānam agranthim aśūnam arujaṃ vraṇam |
tvaksavarṇaṃ samatalaṃ samyag rūḍhaṃ vinirdiśet ||20||
1938 ed. 1.23.21
doṣaprakopād vyāyāmādabhighātādajīrṇataḥ |
harṣāt krodhād bhayād vā'pi vraṇo rūḍho 'pi dīryate ||21||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne
kṛtyākṛtyavidhirnāma trayoviṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||23||
1938 ed. 1.24.1
athāto vyādhisamuddeśīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.24.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.24.3
dvividhās tu vyādhayaḥ śastrasādhyāḥ, snehādikriyāsādhyāś ca
| tatra śastrasādhyeṣu snehādikriyā na pratiṣidhyate,
snehādikriyāsādhyeṣu śastrakarma na kriyate ||3||
1938 ed. 1.24.4
asmin punaḥ śāstre sarvatantrasāmānyāt sarveṣāṃ vyādhīnāṃ
yathāsthūlam avarodhaḥ kriyate | prāgabhihitaṃ
‘tadduḥkhasaṃyogā vyādhaya’ (sū. a. 1) iti | tac ca duḥkhaṃ
trividham- ādhyātmikam, ādhibhautikam, ādhidaivikam iti |
tattu saptavidhe vyādhāv upanipatati | te punaḥ saptavidhā
vyādhayaḥ; tad yathā- ādibalapravṛttāḥ, janmabalapravṛttāḥ,
doṣabalapravṛttāḥ, saṅghātabalapravṛttāḥ, kālabalapravṛttāḥ,
daivabalapravṛttāḥ, svabhāvabalapravṛttā iti ||4||
1938 ed. 1.24.5
tatra, ādibalapravṛttā ye śukraśoṇitadoṣānvayāḥ
kuṣṭhārśaḥprabhṛtayaḥ; te 'pi dvividhāḥ- mātṛjāḥ, pitṛjāś ca |
janmabalapravṛttā ye māturapacārāt
paṅgujātyandhabadhiramūkaminminavāmanaprabhṛtayo jāyante; te
'pi dvividhāḥ rasakṛtāḥ, dauhṛdāpacārakṛtāś ca |
doṣabalapravṛttā ye ātaṅkasamutpannā mithyāhārācārakṛtāśca; te
'pi dvividhāḥ āmāśayasamutthāḥ , pakvāśayasamutthāśca; punaś
ca dvividhāḥ- śārīrā, mānasāś ca | ta ete ādhyātmikāḥ ||5||
1938 ed. 1.24.6
saṅghātabalapravṛttā ya āgantavo durbalasya balavadvigrahāt;
te 'pi dvividhāḥ- śastrakṛtā, vyālakṛtāś ca | ete
ādhibhautikāḥ ||6||
1938 ed. 1.24.7a
kālabalapravṛttā ye śītoṣṇavātavarṣātapaprabhṛtinimittāḥ; te
'pi dvividhāḥ- vyāpannartukṛtāḥ, avyāpannartukṛtāś ca |
1938 ed. 1.24.7
daivabalapravṛtā ye devadrohādabhiśaptakā atharvaṇakṛtā
upasargajāś ca; te 'pi dvividhāḥ- vidyudaśanikṛtāḥ,
piśācādikṛtāś ca; punaś ca dvividhāḥ- saṃsargajā , ākasmikāś
ca | svabhāvabalapravṛttā ye
kṣutpipāsājarāmṛtyunidrāprabhṛtayaḥ; te 'pi dvividhāḥ- kālajā,
akālajāśca; tatra parirakṣaṇakṛtāḥ kālajāḥ, aparirakṣaṇakṛtā
akālajāḥ | ete ādhidaivikāḥ | atra sarvavyādhyavarodhaḥ ||7||
1938 ed. 1.24.8
sarveṣāṃ ca vyādhīnāṃ vātapittaśleṣmāṇa eva mūlaṃ;
talliṅgatvād dṛṣṭaphalatvād āgamāc ca | yathā hi kṛtsnaṃ
vikārajātaṃ viśvarūpeṇāvasthitaṃ sattvarajastamāṃsi na
vyatiricyante, evam eva kṛtsnaṃ vikārajātaṃ
viśvarūpeṇāvasthitamavyatiricya vātapittaśleṣmāṇo vartante |
doṣadhātumalasaṃsargādāyatanaviśeṣānnimittataścaiṣāṃ vikalpaḥ
| doṣadūṣiteṣv atyarthaṃ dhātuṣu sañjñā- rasajo 'yaṃ, śoṇitajo
'yaṃ, māṃsajo 'yaṃ, medojo 'yaṃ, asthijo 'yaṃ majjajo 'yaṃ,
śukrajo 'yaṃ vyādhir iti ||8||
1938 ed. 1.24.9
tatra,
annāśraddhārocakāvipākāṅgamardajvarahṛllāsatṛptigauravahṛtpāṇḍurogamārgoparodhakārśyavairasyāṅgasādākālajavalīpalitadarśanaprabhṛtayo
rasadoṣajā vikārāḥ;SS.1.23.
kuṣṭhavisarpapiḍakāmaśakanīlikātilakālakanyacchavyaṅgendraluptaplīhavidradhigulmavātaśoṇitārśo
'rbudāṅgamardāsṛgdararaktapittaprabhṛtayo raktadoṣajāḥ ,
gudamukhameḍhrapākāśca; adhimāṃsārbudārśo
'dhijihvopajihvopakuśagalaśuṇḍikālajīmāṃsasaṅghātauṣṭhaprakopagalagaṇḍagaṇḍamālāprabhṛtayo
māṃsadoṣajāḥ;
granthivṛddhigalagaṇḍārbudamedojauṣṭhaprakopamadhumehātisthaulyātisvedaprabhṛtayo
medodoṣajāḥ; adhyasthyadhidantāsthitodaśūlakunakhaprabhṛtayo
'sthidoṣajāḥ;
tamodarśanamūrcchābhramaparvasthūlamūlārurjanmanetrābhiṣyandaprabhṛtayo
majjadoṣajāḥ;
klaibyāpraharṣaśukrāśmarīśukramehaśukradoṣādayaśca taddoṣāḥ;
tvagdoṣāḥ saṅgo 'tipravṛttirayathāpravṛttirvā malāyatanadoṣāḥ;
indriyāṇāmapravṛttirayathāpravṛttirvendriyāyatanadoṣāḥ; ity
eṣa samāsa uktaḥ; vistaraṃ nimittāni caiṣāṃ pratirogaṃ
vakṣyāmaḥ ||9||
1938 ed. 1.24.10
bhavati cātra
kupitānāṃ hi doṣāṇāṃ śarīre paridhāvatām |
yatra saṅgaḥ khavaiguṇyād vyādhis tatropajāyate ||10||
1938 ed. 1.24.11
bhūyo 'tra jijñāsyaṃ, kiṃ vātādīnāṃ jvarādīnāṃ ca nityaḥ
saṃśleṣaḥ paricchedo vā? iti; yadi nityaḥ saṃśleṣaḥ syāttarhi
nity āturāḥ sarva eva prāṇinaḥ syuḥ; athāpy anyathā vātādīnāṃ
jvarādīnāṃ ca, ‘anyatra vartamānānām anyatra liṅgaṃ na
bhavati’ iti kṛtvā yad ucyate vātādayo jvarādīnāṃ mūlānīti
tanna | atrocyate- doṣān pratyākhyāya jvarādayo na bhavanti;
atha ca na (nity aḥ) sambandhaḥ; yathā hi
vidyudvātāśanivarṣāṇyākāśaṃ pratyākhyāya na bhavanti, saty apy
ākāśe kadācin na bhavanti, atha ca nimittatas tata evotpattir
iti; taraṅgabudbudādayaś codakaviśeṣāḥ eva; vātādīnāṃ
jvarādīnāṃ ca nāpy evaṃ saṃśleṣo na paricchedaḥ śāśvatikaḥ,
atha ca nimittata evotpattir iti ||11||
1938 ed. 1.24.12
bhavati cātra
vikāraparimāṇaṃ ca saṅkhyā caiṣāṃ pṛthak pṛthak |
vistareṇottare tantre sarvā bādhāś ca vakṣyate ||12||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne
vyādhisamuddeśīyo nāma caturviṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||24||
1938 ed. 1.25.1
athāto 'ṣṭavidhaśastrakarmīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.25.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ |
1938 ed. 1.25.3
chedyā bhagandarā granthiḥ ślaiṣmikastilakālakaḥ |
vraṇavartmārbudāny arśaś carmakīlo 'sthimāṃsagam ||
1938 ed. 1.25.4
śalyaṃ jatumaṇir māṃsasaṃghāto galaśuṇḍikā |
snāyumāṃsasirākotho valmīkaṃ śataponakaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.25.5
adhruṣaś copadaṃśāś ca māṃsakandyadhimāṃsakaḥ |
bhedyā vidradhayo 'nyatra sarvajād granthayastrayaḥ ||5||
1938 ed. 1.25.6
ādito ye visarpāś ca vṛddhayaḥ savidārikāḥ |
pramehapiḍakāḥ śophaḥ stanarogo 'vamanthakāḥ ||6||
1938 ed. 1.25.7
kumbhīkānuśayī nāḍyo vṛndau puṣkarikā'lajī |
prāyaśaḥ kṣudrarogāś ca puppuṭau tāludantajau ||7||
1938 ed. 1.25.8
tuṇḍikerī gilāyuś ca pūrvaṃ ye ca prapākiṇaḥ |
bastis tathā'śmarīhetor medojā ye ca kecana ||8||
1938 ed. 1.25.9
lekhyāś catasro rohiṇyaḥ kilāsamupajihvikā |
medojo dantavaidarbho granthir vartmādhijihvikā ||9||
1938 ed. 1.25.10ab
arśāṃsi maṇḍalaṃ māṃsakandī māṃsonnatis tathā |
1938 ed. 1.25.10cd
vedhyāḥ sirā bahuvidhā mūtravṛddhirdakodaram ||10||
1938 ed. 1.25.11
eṣyā nāḍyaḥ saśalyāś ca vraṇā unmārgiṇaś ca ye
āhāryāḥ śarkarāstisro dantakarṇamalo 'śmarī ||11||
śalyāni mūḍhagarbhāś ca varcaś ca nicitaṃ gude |
1938 ed. 1.25.12
srāvyā vidradhayaḥ pañca bhaveyuḥ sarvajādṛte ||12||
1938 ed. 1.25.13
kuṣṭhāni vāyuḥ sarujaḥ śopho yaś caikadeśajaḥ |
pālyāmayāḥ ślīpadāni viṣajuṣṭaṃ ca śoṇitam ||13||
1938 ed. 1.25.14
arbudāni visarpāś ca granthayaś cāditaś ca te |
trayas trayaś copadaṃśāḥ stanarogā vidārikā ||14||
1938 ed. 1.25.15
su(śu)ṣiro galaśālūkaṃ kaṇṭakāḥ kṛmidantakaḥ |
dantaveṣṭaḥ sopakuśaḥ śītādo dantapuppuṭaḥ ||15||
1938 ed. 1.25.16
pittāsṛkkaphajāś cauṣṭhyāḥ kṣudrarogāś ca bhūyaśaḥ |
sīvyā medaḥsamutthāś ca bhinnāḥ sulikhitā gadāḥ ||16||
1938 ed. 1.25.17
sadyovraṇāś ca ye caiva calasandhivyapāśritāḥ |
na kṣārāgniviṣair juṣṭā na ca mārutavāhinaḥ ||17||
1938 ed. 1.25.18
nāntarlohitaśalyāś ca teṣu samyag viśodhanam
pāṃśuromanakhādīni calamasthi bhavec ca yat ||18||
1938 ed. 1.25.19
ahṛtāni yato 'mūni pācayeyurbhṛśaṃ vraṇam |
rujaś ca vividhāḥ kuryus tasmād etān viśodhayet ||19||
1938 ed. 1.25.20
tato vraṇaṃ samunnamya sthāpayitvā yathāsthitam |
sīvyet sūkṣmeṇa sūtreṇa valkenāśmantakasya vā ||20||
1938 ed. 1.25.21
śaṇajakṣaumasūtrābhyāṃ snāyvā bālena vā punaḥ |
mūrvāguḍūcītānair vā sīvyed vellitakaṃ śanaiḥ ||21||
1938 ed. 1.25.22
sīvyed gophaṇikāṃ vā'pi sīvyed vā tunnasevanīm |
ṛjugranthim atho vā'pi yathāyogam athāpi vā ||22||
1938 ed. 1.25.23
deśe 'lpamāṃse sandhau ca sūcī vṛttā'ṅguladvayam |
āyatā tryaṅgulā tryasrā māṃsale cā'pi pūjitā ||23||
1938 ed. 1.25.24
dhanurvakrā hitā marmaphalakośodaropari |
ity etās trividhāḥ sūcīs tīkṣṇāgrāḥ susamāhitāḥ ||24||
1938 ed. 1.25.25
kārayen mālatīpuṣpavṛntāgraparimaṇḍalāḥ |
nātidūre nikṛṣṭe vā sūcīṃ karmaṇi pātayet ||25||
1938 ed. 1.25.26
dūrādrujo vraṇauṣṭhasya sannikṛṣṭe 'valuñcanam ||26||
1938 ed. 1.25.27
atha kṣaumapicucchannaṃ susyūtaṃ pratisārayet |
priyaṅgvañjanayaṣṭyāhvarodhracūrṇaiḥ samantataḥ ||27||
1938 ed. 1.25.28
śallakīphalacūrṇair vā kṣaumadhyāmena vā punaḥ |
tato vraṇaṃ yathāyogaṃ baddhvā'cārikam ādiśet ||28||
1938 ed. 1.25.29
etad aṣṭavidhaṃ karma samāsena prakīrtitam |
cikitsiteṣu kārtsnyena vistaras tasya vakṣyate ||29||
1938 ed. 1.25.30
hīnātiriktaṃ tiryak ca gātracchedanam ātmanaḥ |
etāścatasro 'ṣṭavidhe karmaṇi vyāpadaḥ smṛtāḥ ||30||
1938 ed. 1.25.31
ajñānalobhāhitavākyayoga
bhayapramohair aparaiś ca bhāvaiḥ |
yadā prayuñjīta bhiṣak kuśastraṃ
tadā sa śeṣān kurute vikārān ||31||
1938 ed. 1.25.32
taṃ kṣāraśastrāgnibhir auṣadhaiś ca
bhūyo 'bhiyuñjānam ayuktiyuktam |
jijīviṣur dūrata eva vaidyaṃ
vivarjayed ugraviṣāhitulyam ||32||
1938 ed. 1.25.33
tad eva yuktaṃ tvati marmasandhīn
hiṃsyāt sirāḥ snāyumathāsthi caiva |
mūrkhaprayuktaṃ puruṣaṃ kṣaṇena
prāṇair viyuñjyādathavā kadācit ||33||
1938 ed. 1.25.34
bhramaḥ pralāpaḥ patanaṃ pramoho
viceṣṭanaṃ saṃlayanoṣṇate ca |
srastāṅgatā mūrcchanam ūrdhvavātas
tīvrā rujo vātakṛtāś ca tāstāḥ ||34||
1938 ed. 1.25.35
māṃsodakābhaṃ rudhiraṃ ca gacchet
sarvendriyārthoparamas tathaiva |
daśārdhasaṅkhyeṣv api vikṣateṣu
sāmānyato marmasu liṅgamuktam ||35||
1938 ed. 1.25.36
surendragopapratimaṃ prabhūtaṃ
raktaṃ sraved vai kṣatataś ca vāyuḥ | karoti
rogān vividhān yathoktāṃś
chinnāsu bhinnāsv athavā sirāsu ||36||
1938 ed. 1.25.37
kaubjyaṃ śarīrāvayavāvasādaḥ
kriyāsvaśaktistumulā rujaś ca |
cirādvrraṇo rohati yasya cāpi
taṃ snāyuviddhaṃ manujaṃ vyavasyet ||37||
1938 ed. 1.25.38
śophātivṛddhistumulā rujaś ca
balakṣayaḥ parvasu bhedaśophau |
kṣateṣu sandhiṣvacalācaleṣu syāt
sandhikarmoparatiś ca liṅgam ||38||
1938 ed. 1.25.39
ghorā rujo yasya niśādineṣu
sarvāsvavasthāsu na śāntirasti |
tṛṣṇāṅgasādau śvayathuś ca ruk ca
tam asthividdhaṃ manujaṃ vyavasyet ||39||
1938 ed. 1.25.40
yathāsvametāni vibhāvayec ca
liṅgāni marmasvabhitāḍiteṣu |40|
sparśaṃ na jānāti vipāṇḍuvarṇo
yo māṃsamarmaṇy abhitāḍitaḥ syāt ||40||
1938 ed. 1.25.41
ātmānamevātha jaghanyakārī śastreṇa yo hanti hi karma kurvan
|
tamātmavānātmahanaṃ kuvaidyaṃ vivarjayed āyurabhīpsamānaḥ
||41||
1938 ed. 1.25.42
tiryak praṇihite śastre doṣāḥ pūrvamudāhṛtāḥ |
tasmāt pariharan doṣān kuryāc chastranipātanam ||42||
1938 ed. 1.25.43
mātaraṃ pitaraṃ putrān bāndhavānapi cāturaḥ |
apyetānabhiśaṅketa vaidye viśvāsameti ca ||43||
1938 ed. 1.25.44
visṛjatyātmanā''tmānaṃ na cainaṃ pariśaṅkate
tasmāt putravadevainaṃ pālayed āturaṃ bhiṣak ||44||
1938 ed. 1.25.45
dharmārthau kīrtim ity arthaṃ satāṃ grahaṇam uttamam |
prāpnuyāt svargavāsaṃ ca hitam ārabhya karmaṇā ||45||
1938 ed. 1.25.46
karmaṇā kaścidekena dvābhyāṃ kaścittribhis tathā |
vikāraḥ sādhyate kaścic caturbhir api karmabhiḥ ||46||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne
'ṣṭavidhaśastrakarmīyo nāma pañcaviṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||25||
1938 ed. 1.26.1
athātaḥ pranaṣṭaśalyavijñānīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.26.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantiriḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.26.3
‘śala’ ‘śvala’ āśugamane dhātūḥ; tayor ādyasya śalyam iti
rūpam ||3||
1938 ed. 1.26.4
tad dvividhaṃ śārīram āgantukaṃ ca ||4||
1938 ed. 1.26.5
sarvaśarīrābādhakaraṃ śalyaṃ, tadihopadiśyata ity ataḥ
śalyaśāstram ||5||
1938 ed. 1.26.6
tatra śārīraṃ dantaromanakhādi dhātavo 'nnamalā doṣāś ca
duṣṭāḥ; āgantvapi śārīraśalyavyatirekeṇa yāvanto bhāvā duḥkham
utpādayanti ||6||
1938 ed. 1.26.7
adhikāro hi lohaveṇuvṛkṣatṛṇaśṛṅgāsthimayeṣu; tatrāpi
viśeṣato loheṣveva , viśasanārthopapannatvāllohasya; lohānām
api durvāratvād aṇumukhatvād dūraprayojanakaratvāc ca śara
evādhikṛtaḥ | sa ca dvividhaḥ karṇī , ślakṣṇaśca; prāyeṇa
vividhavṛkṣapatrapuṣpaphalatulyākṛtayo vyākhyātāḥ,
vyālamṛgapakṣivakrasadṛśāś ca ||7||
1938 ed. 1.26.8
sarvaśalyānāṃ tu mahatāmaṇūnāṃ vā pañcavidho gativiśeṣa
ūrdhvam adho 'rvācīnas tiryag ṛjur iti ||8||
1938 ed. 1.26.9-10
tāni vegakṣayāt pratighātād vā tvagādiṣu
vraṇavastuṣvatiṣṭhante, dhamanīsroto 'sthivivarapeśīprabhṛtiṣu
vā śarīrapradeśeṣu ||9||
1938 ed. 1.26.10
tatra śalyalakṣaṇam ucyamānam upadhāraya | tad dvidhaṃ
sāmānyaṃ vaiśeṣikaṃ ca | śyāvaṃ piḍakācitaṃ śophavedanāvantaṃ
muhurmuhuḥ śoṇitāsrāviṇaṃ budbudavadunnataṃ mṛdumāṃsaṃ ca
vraṇaṃ jānīyāt saśalyo 'yamiti; sāmānyam etal lakṣaṇamuktam |
vaiśeṣikaṃ tu tvaggate vivarṇaḥ śopho bhavatyāyataḥ kaṭhinaś
ca; māṃsagate śophābhi(ti)vṛddhiḥ śalyamārgān upasaṃrohaḥ
pīḍanāsahiṣṇutā coṣapākau ca; peśyantarasthe 'pyetad eva
coṣaśophavarjaṃ; sirāgate sirādhmānaṃ sirāśūlaṃ sirāśophaś ca;
snāyugate snāyujālotkṣepaṇaṃ saṃrambhaś cogrā ruk ca;
srotogate srotasāṃ svakarmaguṇahāniḥ; dhamanīsthe saphenaṃ
raktam īrayann anilaḥ saśabdo nirgacchatyaṅgamardaḥ pipāsā
hṛllāsaś ca; asthigate vividhavedanāprādurbhāvaḥ śophaś ca;
asthivivaragate 'sthipūrṇatā'sthitodaḥ saṃharṣo balavāṃśca;
sandhigate 'sthivacceṣṭoparamaś ca; koṣṭhagata āṭopānāhau
mūtrapurīṣāhāradarśanaṃ ca vraṇamukhāt; marmagate
marmaviddhavac ceṣṭate | sūkṣmagatiṣu śalyeṣv etāny eva
lakṣaṇāny aspaṣṭāni bhavanti ||10||
1938 ed. 1.26.11
mahānty alpāni vā śuddhadehānām anulomasanniviṣṭāni rohanti
viśeṣataḥ kaṇṭhasrotaḥsirātvakpeśyasthivivareṣaḥ |
doṣaprakopavyāyāmābhighātājīrṇebhyaḥ pracalitāni punarbādhante
||11||
1938 ed. 1.26.12
tatra, tvakpranaṣṭe snigdhasvinnāyāṃ
mṛnmāṣayavagodhūmagomayamṛditāyāṃ tvaci yatra saṃrambho vedanā
vā bhavati tatra śalyaṃ vijānīyāt ,
styānaghṛtamṛccandanakalkair vā pradigdhāyāṃ śalyoṣmaṇā''śu
visarati ghṛtam upaśuṣyati cālepo yatra tatra śalyaṃ vijānīyāt
; māṃsapranaṣṭe snehasvedādibhiḥ kriyāviśeṣair aviruddhair
āturam upapādayet, karśitasya tu śithilībhūtam anavabaddhaṃ
kṣubhyamāṇaṃ yatra saṃrambhaṃ vedanāṃ vā janayati tatra śalyaṃ
vijānīyāt ; koṣṭhāsthisandhipeśīvivareṣv avasthitam evam eva
parīkṣeta; sirādhamanīsrotaḥsnāyupranaṣṭe khaṇḍacakrasaṃyukte
yāne vyādhitamāropyāśu viṣame 'dhvani yāyāt yatra saṃrambho
vedanā vā bhavati tatra śalyaṃ vijānīyāt ; asthipranaṣṭe
snehasvedopapannānyasthīni bandhanapīḍanābhyāṃ bhṛśam
upācaret, yatra saṃrambho vedanā bhavati tatra śalyaṃ
vijānīyāt ; sandhipranaṣṭe snehasvedopapannān sandhīn
prasaraṇākuñcanabandhanapīḍanaiḥ bhṛśam upācaret, yatra
saṃrambho vedanā vā bhavati tatra śalyaṃ vijānīyāt ,
sandhipranaṣṭe snehasvedopapannān sandhīn
prasaraṇākuñcanabandhanapīḍanairbhṛśam upācaret; yatra
saṃrambho vedanā vā bhavati tatra śalyaṃ vijānīyāt ,
marmapranaṣṭe tv ananyabhāvān marmaṇām uktaṃ parīkṣaṇaṃ
bhavati ||12||
1938 ed. 1.26.13
sāmānyalakṣam api ca
hastiskandhāśvapṛṣṭhaparvatadrumārohaṇadhanurvyāyāmadrutayānaniyuddhādhvagamanalaṅghanaplavanaprataraṇa-
vyāyāmairjṛmbhodgārakāsakṣavathuṣṭhīvanahasanaprāṇāyāmair
vātamūtrapurīṣaśukrotsargair vā yatra saṃrambho vedanā vā
bhavati tatra śalyaṃ vijānīyāt ||13||
1938 ed. 1.26.14
bhavanti cātra
yasmiṃs todādayo deśe suptatā gurutā'pi ca |
ghaṭṭate bahuśo yatra śūyate rujyate 'pi ca ||14||
1938 ed. 1.26.15
āturaś cāpi yaṃ deśam abhīkṣṇaṃ parirakṣati |
saṃvāhyamāno bahuśas tatra śalyaṃ vinirdiśet ||15||
1938 ed. 1.26.16
alpābādham aśūnaṃ ca nīrujaṃ nirupadravam |
prasannaṃ mṛduparyantaṃ nirāghaṭṭamanunnatam ||16||
1938 ed. 1.26.17
eṣaṇyā sarvato dṛṣṭvā yathāmārgaṃ cikitsakaḥ |
prasārākuñcanān nūnaṃ niḥśalyam iti nirdiśet ||17||
1938 ed. 1.26.18
asthyātmakaṃ bhajyate tu śalyamantaś ca śīryate |
prāyo nirbhujyate śārṅgam āyasaṃ ceti niścayaḥ ||18||
1938 ed. 1.26.19
vārkṣavaiṇavatārṇāni nirhriyante tu no yadi |
pacanti raktaṃ māṃsaṃ ca kṣipram etāni dehinām ||19||
1938 ed. 1.26.20
kānakaṃ rājataṃ tāmraṃ raitikaṃ trapu sīsakam |
cirasthānādvilīyante pittatejaḥpratāpanāt ||20||
1938 ed. 1.26.21
svabhāvaśītā mṛdavo ye cānye 'pīdṛśā matāḥ |
dravībhūtāḥ śarīre 'sminn ekatvaṃ yānti dhātubhiḥ ||21||
1938 ed. 1.26.22
viṣāṇadantakeśāsthiveṇudārupalāni tu |
śalyāni na viśīryante śarīre mṛnmayāni ca ||22||
1938 ed. 1.26.23
dvividhaṃ pañcagatimattvagādivraṇavastuṣu |
yo vetti viṣṭitaṃ śalyaṃ sa rājñaḥ kartumarhati ||23||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne
pranaṣṭaśalyavijñānīyo nāma ṣaḍviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||26||
1938 ed. 1.27.1
athātaḥ śalyāpanayanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.27.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.27.3
śalyaṃ dvividham avabaddham anavabaddhaṃ ca ||
1938 ed. 1.27.4
tatra samāsenānavabaddhaśalyoddharaṇārthaṃ pañcadaśa hetūn
vakṣyāmaḥ | tad yathā- svabhāvaḥ, pācanaṃ, bhedanaṃ, dāraṇaṃ,
pīḍanaṃ, pramārjanaṃ, nirdhmāpanaṃ, vamanaṃ, virecanaṃ,
prakṣālanaṃ, pratimarśaḥ, pravāhaṇam, ācūṣaṇam, ayaskānto,
harṣaś ceti ||4||
1938 ed. 1.27.5
tatrāśrukṣavathūdgārakāsamūtrapurīṣānilaiḥ
svabhāvabalapravṛttair nayanādibhyaḥ patati | māṃsāvagāḍhaṃ
śalyamavidahyamānaṃ pācayitvā prakothāttasya pūyaśoṇitavegād
gauravādvā patati | pakvamabhidyamānaṃ bhedayed dārayed vā |
bhinnamanirasyamānaṃ pīḍanīyaiḥ pīḍayet pāṇibhir vā |
aṇūnyakṣaśalyāni pariṣecanādhmāpanair bālavastrapāṇibhiḥ
pramārjayet | āhāraśeṣaśleṣmahīnāṇuśalyāni
śvasanotkāsanapradhamanair nirdhamet | annaśalyāni
vamanāṅgulipratimarśaprabhṛtibhiḥ | virecanaiḥ pakvāśayagatāni
| vraṇadoṣāśayagatāni prakṣālanaiḥ |
vātamūtrapurīṣagarbhasaṅgeṣu pravāhaṇam uktam |
mārutodakasaviṣarudhiraduṣṭastanyeṣv ācūṣaṇam āsyena viṣāṇair
vā | anulomam anavabaddham akarṇam analpavraṇamukham
ayaskāntena | hṛdy avasthitam anekakāraṇotpannaṃ śokaśalyaṃ
harṣeṇeti ||5||
1938 ed. 1.27.6
sarvaśalyānāṃ tu mahatām aṇūnāṃ vā dvāv evāharaṇahetū
bhavataḥ- pratilomo 'nulomaś ca ||6||
1938 ed. 1.27.7-8
tatra pratilomamarvācīnamānayet, anulomaṃ parācīnam ||7||
1938 ed. 1.27.8
uttuṇḍitaṃ chittvā nirghātayecchedanīyamukham ||8||
1938 ed. 1.27.9
chedanīyamukhānyapi
kukṣivakṣaḥkakṣāvaṅkṣaṇaparśukāntarapatitāni ca hastaśakyaṃ
yathāmārgeṇa hastenaivāpahartuṃ prayateta ||9||
1938 ed. 1.27.10
hastenaivāpahartum aśakyaṃ viśasya śastreṇa yantreṇāpaharet
||10||
1938 ed. 1.27.11
bhavati cātra -
śītalena jalenainaṃ mūrcchantamav asecayet |
saṃrakṣedasya marmāṇi muhur āśvāsayec ca tam ||11||
1938 ed. 1.27.12
tataḥ śalyam uddhṛtya nirlohitaṃ vraṇaṃ kṛtvā svedārham
agnighṛtaprabhṛtibhiḥ saṃsvedyāvadahya pradihya
sarpirmadhubhyāṃ baddhvā''cārikam upadiśet |
(sirāsnāyuvilagnaṃ śalākādibhir vimocyāpanayet;
śvayathugrastavāraṅgaṃ samavapīḍya śvayathuṃ; durbalavāraṅgaṃ
kuśādibhir baddhvā|) ||12||
1938 ed. 1.27.13
hṛdayamabhito vartamānaṃ śalyaṃ śītajalādibhir
udvejitasyāpahared yathāmārgaṃ; durupaharam anyato
'pabādhyamānaṃ pāṭayitvoddharet ||13||
1938 ed. 1.27.14
asthivivarapraviṣṭam asthividaṣṭaṃ vā'vagṛhya pādābhyāṃ
yantreṇāpaharet, aśakyamevaṃ vā balavadbhiḥ suparigṛhītasya
yantreṇa grāhayitvā śalyavāraṅgaṃ pravibhujya dhanurguṇair
baddhvaikataś cāsya pañcāṅgyām upasaṃyatasyāśvasya
vaktrakavike badhnīyāt, athainaṃ kaśayā tāḍayed yathonnāmayañ
śiro vegena śalyam uddharati; dṛḍhāṃ vā vṛkṣaśākhām avanamya
tasyāṃ pūrvavad baddhvoddharet ||14||
1938 ed. 1.27.15
adeśottuṇḍitamaṣṭhīlāśmamudgarāṇāmanyatamasya prahāreṇa
vicālya yathāmārgam eva yantreṇa ||15||
1938 ed. 1.27.16
vimṛditakarṇāni karṇavantyanābādhakaradeśottuṇḍitāni
purastādeva ||16||
1938 ed. 1.27.17
jātuṣe kaṇṭhāsakte kaṇṭhe nāḍīṃ praveśyāgnitaptāṃ ca śalākāṃ,
tayā'vagṛhya śītābhir adbhiḥ pariṣicya sthirībhūtaṃ śalyam
uddharet ||17||
1938 ed. 1.27.18-21
ajātuṣaṃ tu jatumadhūcchiṣṭapraliptayā śalākayā
pūrvakalpenetyeke ||18||
1938 ed. 1.27.19
asthiśalyamanyadvā tiryakkaṇṭhāsaktam avekṣya keśoṇḍukaṃ
dṛḍhaikadīrghasūtrabaddhaṃ dravabhaktopahitaṃ pāyayed ākaṇṭhāt
pūrṇakoṣṭhaṃ ca vāmayet, vamataśca śalyaikadeśasaktaṃ jñātvā
sūtraṃ sahasā tvākṣipet; mṛdunā vā
dantadhāvanakūrcakenāpaharet praṇuded vā'ntaḥ | kṣatakaṇṭhāya
ca madhusarpiṣī leḍhuṃ prayacchet triphalācūrṇaṃ vā
madhuśarkarāmiśram ||19||
1938 ed. 1.27.20
udakapūrṇodaram avākśirasam avapīḍayed dhunīyād vāmayed vā
bhasmarāśau vā nikhaned āmukhāt ||20||
1938 ed. 1.27.21
grāsaśalye tu kaṇṭhāsakte niḥśaṅkam anavabuddhaṃ skandhe
muṣṭinā'bhihanyāt, snehaṃ madyaṃ pānīyaṃ vā pāyayet ||21||
1938 ed. 1.27.22
bāhurajjulatāpāśaiḥ kaṇṭhapīḍanād vāyuḥ prakupitaḥ śleṣmāṇaṃ
kopayitvā sroto niruṇaddhi, lālāsrāvaṃ phenāgamanaṃ
sañjñānāśaṃ cāpādayati; tam abhyajya saṃsvedya śirovirecanaṃ
tasmai tīkṣṇaṃ vidadhyād rasaṃ ca vātaghnaṃ dadyād iti ||22||
1938 ed. 1.27.23
bhavanti cātra -
śalyākṛtiviśeṣāṃś ca sthānāny āvekṣya buddhimān |
tathā yantrapṛthaktvaṃ ca samyak śalyam athāharet ||23||
1938 ed. 1.27.24
karṇavanti tu śalyāni duḥkhāhāryāṇi yāni ca |
ādadīta bhiṣak tasmāt tāni yuktyā samāhitaḥ ||24||
1938 ed. 1.27.25
etair upāyaiḥ śalyaṃ tu naiva niryātyate yadi |
matyā nipuṇayā vaidyo yantrayogaiś ca nirharet ||25||
1938 ed. 1.27.26
śothapākau rujaś cogrāḥ kuryāc chalyamanāhṛtam |
vaikalyaṃ maraṇaṃ cāpi tasmād yatnādvinirharet ||26||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne
śalyāpanayanīyo nāma saptaviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||27||
1938 ed. 1.28.1
athāto viparītāviparītavraṇavijñānīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ
||
1938 ed. 1.28.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.28.3
phalāgnijalavṛṣṭīnāṃ puṣpadhūmāmbudā yathā |
khyāpayanti bhaviṣyatvaṃ tathā riṣṭāni pañcatām ||
1938 ed. 1.28.4
tāni saukṣmyāt pramādād vā tathaivāśu vyatikramāt |
gṛhyante nodgatāny ajñair mumūrṣor na tv asambhavāt ||4||
1938 ed. 1.28.5
dhruvaṃ tu maraṇaṃ riṣṭe brāhmaṇais tat kilāmalaiḥ |
rasāyanatapojapyatatparair vā nivāryate ||5||
1938 ed. 1.28.6
nakṣatrapīḍā bahudhā yathā kālaṃ vipacyate |
tathaivāriṣṭapākaṃ ca bruvate bahavo janāḥ ||6||
1938 ed. 1.28.7
asiddhim āpnuyāl loke pratikurvan gatāyuṣaḥ |
ato 'riṣṭāni yatnena lakṣayet kuśalo bhiṣak ||7||
1938 ed. 1.28.8
gandhavarṇarasādīnāṃ viśeṣāṇāṃ svabhāvataḥ |
vaikṛtaṃ yat tad ācaṣṭe vraṇinaḥ pakvalakṣaṇam ||8||
1938 ed. 1.28.9
kaṭus tīkṣṇaś ca visraś ca gandhas tu pavanādibhiḥ |
lohagandhis tu raktena vyāmiśraḥ sānnipātikaḥ ||9||
1938 ed. 1.28.10
lājātasītailasamāḥ kiñcidvisrāś ca gandhataḥ |
jñeyāḥ prakṛtigandhāḥ syur ato 'nyadgandhavaikṛtam ||10||
1938 ed. 1.28.11
madyāgurvājyasumanāpadmacandanacampakaiḥ | sagandhā
divyagandhāś ca mumūrṣūṇāṃ vraṇāḥ smṛtāḥ ||11||
1938 ed. 1.28.12
śvavājimūṣikadhvāṅkṣapūtivallūramatkuṇaiḥ |
sagandhāḥ paṅkagandhāś ca bhūmigandhāś ca garhitāḥ ||12||
1938 ed. 1.28.13
kuṅkumadhyāmakaṅkuṣṭhasavarṇāḥ pittakopataḥ |
na dahyante na cūṣyante bhiṣak tān parivarjayet ||13||
1938 ed. 1.28.14
aṇḍūmantaḥ sthirāḥ śvetāḥ snigdhāḥ kaphanimittataḥ |
dūyante vā'pi dahyante bhiṣak tān parivarjayet ||14||
1938 ed. 1.28.15
kṛṣṇās tu ye tanusrāvā vātajā marmatāpinaḥ |
svalpām api na kurvanti rujaṃ tān parivarjayet ||15||
1938 ed. 1.28.16
kṣveḍanti ghurghurāyante jvalantīva ca ye vraṇāḥ |
tvaṅmāṃsasthāś ca pavanaṃ saśabdaṃ visṛjanti ye ||16||
1938 ed. 1.28.17
ye ca marmasvasambhūtā bhavanty atyarthavedanāḥ
dahyante cāntaratyarthaṃ bahiḥ śītāś ca ye vraṇāḥ ||17||
1938 ed. 1.28.18
dahyante bahir atyarthaṃ bhavantyantaśca śītalāḥ
śaktidhvajarathāḥ kuntavājivāraṇagovṛṣāḥ ||18||
1938 ed. 1.28.19
yeṣu cāpy avabhāseran prāsādākṛtayas tathā |
cūrṇāvakīrṇā iva ye bhānticānavacūrṇitāḥ ||19||
1938 ed. 1.28.20
prāṇamāṃsakṣayaśvāsakāsārocakapīḍitāḥ |
pravṛddhapūyarudhirā vraṇā yeṣāṃ ca marmasu ||20||
1938 ed. 1.28.21
kriyābhiḥ samyag ārabdhā na siddhyanti ca ye vraṇāḥ |
varjayet tān api prājñaḥ saṃrakṣannātmano yaśaḥ ||21||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne
viparītāviparītavraṇavijñānīyo nāmāṣṭāviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ
||28||
1938 ed. 1.29.1
athāto viparītāviparītasvapnanidarśanīyam adhyāyaṃ
vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.29.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.29.3
dūtadarśanasambhāṣā veṣāś ceṣṭitam eva ca |
ṛkṣaṃ velā tithiś caiva nimittaṃ śakuno 'nilaḥ ||3||
1938 ed. 1.29.4
deśo vaidyasya vāgdehamanasāṃ ca viceṣṭitam |
kathayanty āturagataṃ śubhaṃ vā yadi vā'śubham ||4||
1938 ed. 1.29.5
pākha(ṣa)ṇḍāśramavarṇānāṃ sapakṣāḥ karmasiddhaye |
ta eva viparītāḥ syur dūtāḥ karmavipattaye ||5||
1938 ed. 1.29.6
napuṃsakaṃ strī bahavo naikakāryā asūyakāḥ |
gardabhoṣṭrarathaprāptāḥ prāptā vā syuḥ paramparāḥ ||6||
1938 ed. 1.29.7
vaidyaṃ ya upasarpanti dūtāste cāpi garhitāḥ |
pāśadaṇḍāyudhadharāḥ pāṇḍuretaravāsasaḥ ||7||
1938 ed. 1.29.8
ārdrajīrṇāpasavyaikamalinoddhvastavāsasaḥ |
nyūnādhikāṅgā udvignā vikṛtā raudrarūpiṇaḥ ||8||
1938 ed. 1.29.9
rūkṣaniṣṭhuravaktārastv amaṅgalyābhidhāyinaḥ |
chindantast ṛṇakāṣṭhāni spṛśanto nāsikāṃ stanam ||9||
1938 ed. 1.29.10
vastrāntānāmikākeśanakharomadaśāspṛśaḥ |
srotovarodhahṛdgaṇḍamūrdhoraḥkukṣipāṇayaḥ ||10||
1938 ed. 1.29.11
kapālopalabhasmāsthituṣāṅgārakarāś ca ye |
vilikhanto mahīṃ kiñcin muñcanto loṣṭabhedinaḥ ||11||
1938 ed. 1.29.12
tailakardamadigdhāṅgā raktasraganulepanāḥ |
phalaṃ pakvam asāraṃ vā gṛhītvā'nyac ca tadvidham ||12||
1938 ed. 1.29.13
nakhair nakhāntaraṃ vā'pi kareṇa caraṇaṃ tathā |
upānaccarmahastā vā vikṛtavyādhipīḍitāḥ ||13||
1938 ed. 1.29.14
vāmācārā rudantaś ca śvāsino vikṛtekṣaṇāḥ |
yāmyāṃ diśi prāñjalayo viṣamaikapade sthitāḥ ||14||
1938 ed. 1.29.15
vaidyaṃ ya upasarpanti dūtās te cāpi garhitāḥ |
dakṣiṇābhimukhaṃ deśe tvaśucau vā hutāśanam |
1938ed. 1.29.15ef
jvalayantaṃ pacantaṃ vā krūrakarmaṇi codyatam ||15||
1938 ed. 1.29.16
nagnaṃ bhūmau śayānaṃ vā vegotsargeṣu vā'śucim |
prakīrṇakeśam abhyaktaṃ svinnaṃ viklavam eva vā ||16||
1938 ed. 1.29.17
vaidyaṃ ya upasarpanti dūtās te cāpi garhitāḥ
vaidyasya paitrye daive vā kārye cotpātadarśane ||17||
1938 ed. 1.29.18
madhyāhne cārdharātre vā sandhyayoḥ kṛttikāsu ca |
ārdrāśleṣāmaghāmūlapūrvāsu bharaṇīṣu ca ||18||
1938 ed. 1.29.19
caturthyāṃ vā navamyāṃ vā ṣaṣṭhyāṃ sandhidineṣu ca |
vaidyaṃ ya upasarpanti dūtās te cāpi garhitāḥ ||19||
1938 ed. 1.29.20
svinnābhitaptā madhyāhne jvalanasya samīpataḥ |
garhitāḥ pittarogeṣu dūtā vaidyam upāgatāḥ ||20||
1938 ed. 1.29.21
ta eva kapharogeṣu karmasiddhikarāḥ smṛtāḥ |
etena śeṣaṃ vyākhyātaṃ buddhvā saṃvibhajet tu tat ||21||
1938 ed. 1.29.22
raktapittātisāreṣu prameheṣu tathaiva ca |
praśasto jalarodheṣu dūtavaidyasamāgamaḥ ||22||
1938 ed. 1.29.23
vijñāyaivaṃ vibhāgaṃ tu śeṣaṃ budhyeta paṇḍitaḥ
śuklavāsāḥ śucir gauraḥ śyāmo vā priyadarśanaḥ ||23||
1938 ed. 1.29.24
svasyāṃ jātau svagotro vā dūtaḥ kāryakaraḥ smṛtaḥ |
goyānenāgatas tuṣṭaḥ pādābhyāṃ śubhaceṣṭitaḥ ||24||
1938 ed. 1.29.25
smṛtimān vidhikālajñaḥ svatantraḥ pratipattimān |
alaṅkṛto maṅgalavān dūtaḥ kāryakaraḥ smṛtaḥ ||25||
1938 ed. 1.29.26
svasthaṃ prāṅmukham āsīnaṃ same deśe śucau śucim |
upasarpati yo vaidyaṃ sa ca kāryakaraḥ smṛtaḥ ||26||
1938 ed. 1.29.27
māṃsodakumbhātapatravipravāraṇagovṛṣāḥ |
śuklavarṇāś ca pūjyante prasthāne darśanaṃ gatāḥ ||27||
1938 ed. 1.29.28
strī putriṇī savatsā gaur vardhamānam alaṅkṛtā |
kanyā matsyāḥ phalaṃ cāmaṃ svastikaṃ modakā dadhi ||28||
1938 ed. 1.29.29
hiraṇyākṣatapātraṃ vā ratnāni sumano nṛpaḥ |
apraśānto 'nalo vājī haṃsaś cāpaḥ śikhī tathā ||29||
1938 ed. 1.29.30
brahmadundubhijīmūtaśaṅkhaveṇurathasvanāḥ |
siṃhagovṛṣanādāś ca hre(he)ṣitaṃ gajabṛṃhitam ||30||
1938 ed. 1.29.31
śastaṃ haṃsarutaṃ nṝṇāṃ kauśikaṃ caiva vāmataḥ |
prasthāne yāyinaḥ śreṣṭhā vācaś ca hṛdayaṅgamāḥ ||31||
1938 ed. 1.29.32
patrapuṣpaphalopetān sakṣīrānnīrujo drumān |
āśritā vā nabhoveśmadhvajatoraṇavedikāḥ ||32||
1938 ed. 1.29.33
dikṣu śāntāsu vaktāro madhuraṃ pṛṣṭhato 'nugāḥ |
vāmā vā dakṣiṇā vā'pi śakunāḥ karmasiddhaye ||33||
1938 ed. 1.29.34
śuṣke 'śanihate 'patre vallīnaddhe sakaṇṭake |
vṛkṣe 'thavā'śmabhasmāsthiviṭtuṣāṅgārapāṃśuṣu ||34||
1938 ed. 1.29.35
caity avalmīkaviṣamasthitā dīptakharasvarāḥ |
purato dikṣu dīptāsu vaktāro nārthasādhakāḥ ||35||
1938 ed. 1.29.36
punnāmānaḥ khagā vāmāḥ strīsañjñā dakṣiṇāḥ śubhāḥ |
dakṣiṇād vāmagamanaṃ praśastaṃ śvaśṛgālayoḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.36ef
vāmaṃ nakulacāṣāṇāṃ nobhayaṃ śaśasarpayoḥ ||36||
1938 ed. 1.29.37
bhāsakauśikayoś caiva na praśastaṃ kilobhayam |
darśanaṃ vā rutaṃ vā'pi na godhākṛkalāsayoḥ ||37||
1938 ed. 1.29.38
dūtair aniṣṭais tulyānāmaśastaṃ darśanaṃ nṛṇām |
kulatthatilakārpāsatuṣapāṣāṇabhasmanām ||38||
1938 ed. 1.29.39
pātraṃ neṣṭaṃ tathā'ṅgāratailakardamapūritam |
prasannetaramadyānāṃ pūrṇaṃ vā raktasarṣapaiḥ ||39||
1938 ed. 1.29.40
śavakāṣṭhapalāśānāṃ śuṣkāṇāṃ pathi saṅgamāḥ |
neṣyante patitāntasthadīnāndharipavas tathā ||40||
1938 ed. 1.29.41
mṛduḥ śīto 'nukūlaś ca sugandhiś cānilaḥ śubhaḥ |
kharoṣṇo 'niṣṭagandhaś ca pratilomaś ca garhitaḥ ||41||
1938 ed. 1.29.42
granthyarbudādiṣu sadā chedaśabdas tu pūjitaḥ |
vidradhyudaragulmeṣu bhedaśabdas tathaiva ca ||42||
1938 ed. 1.29.43
raktapittātisāreṣu ruddhaśabdaḥ praśasyate |
evaṃ vyādhiviśeṣeṇa nimittam upadhārayet ||43||
1938 ed. 1.29.44
tathaivākruṣṭahākaṣṭamākrandaruditasvanāḥ |
chardyāṃ vātapurīṣāṇāṃ śabdo vai gardabhoṣṭrayoḥ ||44||
1938 ed. 1.29.45
pratiṣiddhaṃ tathā bhagnaṃ kṣutaṃ skhalitam āhatam |
daurmanasyaṃ ca vaidyasya yātrāyāṃ na praśasyate ||45||
1938 ed. 1.29.46
praveśe 'py etad uddeśād avekṣyaṃ ca tathā''ture |
pratidvāraṃ gṛhe cāsya punaretanna gaṇyate ||46||
1938 ed. 1.29.47
keśabhasmāsthikāṣṭhāśmatuṣakārpāsakaṇṭakāḥ |
khaṭvordhvapādā madyāpo vasā tailaṃ tilāstṛṇam ||47||
1938 ed. 1.29.48
napuṃsakavyaṅgabhagnanagnamuṇḍāsitāmbarāḥ |
prasthāne vā praveśe vā neṣyante darśanaṃ gatāḥ ||48||
1938 ed. 1.29.49
bhāṇḍānāṃ saṅkarasthānāṃ sthānāt sañcāraṇaṃ tathā |
nikhātotpāṭanaṃ bhaṅgaḥ patanaṃ nirgamas tathā ||49||
1938 ed. 1.29.50
vaidyāsanāvasādo vā rogī vā syādadhomukhaḥ |
vaidyaṃ sambhāṣamāṇo 'ṅgaṃ kuḍyamā staraṇāni vā ||50||
1938 ed. 1.29.51
pramṛjyādvā dhunīyād vā karau pṛṣṭhaṃ śiras tathā |
hastaṃ cākṛṣya vaidyasya nyasec chirasi corasi ||51||
1938 ed. 1.29.52
yo vaidyamunmukhaḥ paśyannunmārṣṭi svāṅgamāturaḥ |
na sa sidhyati vaidyo vā gṛhe yasya na pūjyate ||52||
1938 ed. 1.29.53
bhavane pūjyate vā'pi yasya vaidyaḥ sa sidhyati
śubhaṃ śubheṣu dūtādiṣv aśubhaṃ hy aśubheṣu ca ||53||
1938 ed. 1.29.54
āturasya dhruvaṃ tasmād dūtādīn lakṣayed bhiṣak
svapnān ataḥ pravakṣyāmi maraṇāya śubhāya ca ||54||
1938 ed. 1.29.55
suhṛdo yāṃś ca paśyanti vyādhito vā svayaṃ tathā |
snehābhyaktaśarīras tu karabhavyālagardabhaiḥ ||55||
1938 ed. 1.29.56
varāhair mahiṣair vā'pi yo yāyād dakṣiṇāmukhaḥ |
raktāmbaradharā kṛṣṇā hasantī muktamūrdhajā ||56||
1938 ed. 1.29.57
yaṃ cākarṣati baddhvā strī nṛtyantī dakṣiṇāmukham |
antāvasāyibhir yo vā 'kṛṣyate dakṣiṇāmukhaḥ ||57||
1938 ed. 1.29.58
pariṣvajeran yaṃ vā'pi pretāḥ pravrajitā(na)s tathā |
muhur āghrāyate yas tu śvāpadair vikṛtānanaiḥ ||58||
1938 ed. 1.29.59
piben madhu ca tailaṃ ca yo vā paṅke 'vasīdati |
paṅkapradigdhagātro vā pranṛtyet prahasettathā ||59||
1938 ed. 1.29.60
nirambaraś ca yo raktāṃ dhārayec chirasā srajam |
yasya vaṃśo nalo vā'pi tālo vorasi jāyate ||60||
1938 ed. 1.29.61
yaṃ vā matsyo grased yo vā jananīṃ praviśen naraḥ |
parvatāgrāt pated yo vā śvabhre vā tamasā''vṛte ||61||
1938 ed. 1.29.62
hriyeta srotasā yo vā yo vā mauṇḍyamav āpnuyāt |
parājīyeta badhyeta kākādyair vā'bhibhūyate ||62||
1938 ed. 1.29.63
patanaṃ tārakādīnāṃ praṇāśaṃ dīpacakṣuṣoḥ |
yaḥ paśyed devatānāṃ vā prakampam avanes tathā ||63||
1938 ed. 1.29.64
yasya chardir vireko vā daśanāḥ prapatanti vā |
śālmalīṃ kiṃśukaṃ yūpaṃ valmīkaṃ pāribhadrakam ||64||
1938 ed. 1.29.65
puṣpāḍhyaṃ kovidāraṃ vā citāṃ vā yo 'dhirohati |
kārpāsatailapiṇyākalohāni lavaṇaṃ tilān ||65||
1938 ed. 1.29.66
labhetāśnīta vā pakvam annaṃ yaś ca pibet surām |
svasthaḥ sa labhate vyādhiṃ vyādhito mṛtyumṛcchati ||66||
1938 ed. 1.29.67
yathāsvaṃ prakṛtisvapno vismṛto vihatas tathā |
cintākṛto divā dṛṣṭo bhavanty aphaladās tu te ||67||
1938 ed. 1.29.68
jvaritānāṃ śunā sakhyaṃ kapisakhyaṃ tu śoṣiṇām |
unmāde rākṣasaiḥ pretair apasmāre pravartanam ||68||
1938 ed. 1.29.69
mehātisāriṇāṃ toyapānaṃ snehasya kuṣṭhinām |
gulmeṣu sthāvarotpattiḥ koṣṭhe, mūrdhni śiroruji ||69||
1938 ed. 1.29.70
śaṣkulībhakṣaṇaṃ chardyāmadhvā śvāsapipāsayoḥ |
hāridraṃ bhojanaṃ vā'pi yasya syāt pāṇḍurogiṇaḥ ||70||
1938 ed. 1.29.71
raktapittī pibed yas tu śoṇitaṃ sa vinaśyati
svapnānevaṃvidhān dṛṣṭvā prātarutthāya yatnavān ||71||
1938 ed. 1.29.72
dadyānmāṣāṃstilāṃllohaṃ viprebhyaḥ kāñcanaṃ tathā |
japec cāpi śubhān mantrān gāyatrīṃ tripadāṃ tathā ||72||
1938 ed. 1.29.73
dṛṣṭvā tu prathame yāme svapyād dhyātvā punaḥ śubham |
japedvā'nyatamaṃ vedaṃ brahmacārī samāhitaḥ ||73||
1938 ed. 1.29.74
na cācakṣīta kasmaiciddṛṣṭvā svapnamaśobhanam |
devatāyatane caiva vasedrātritrayaṃ tathā |
viprāṃś ca pūjayennityaṃ duḥsvapnāt pravimucyate ||74||
1938 ed. 1.29.75
ata ūrdhvaṃ pravakṣyāmi praśastaṃ svapnadarśanam |
devān dvijān govṛṣabhān jīvataḥ suhṛdo nṛpān ||75||
1938 ed. 1.29.76
samiddham agniṃ sādhūṃś ca nirmalāni jalāni ca |
paśyet kalyāṇalābhāya vyādher apagamāya ca ||76||
1938 ed. 1.29.77
māṃsaṃ matsyān srajaḥ śvetā vāsāṃsi ca phalāni ca |
labheta dhanalābhāya vyādher apagamāya ca ||77||
1938 ed. 1.29.78
mahāprāsādasaphalavṛkṣavāraṇaparvatān |
āroheddravyalābhāya vyādher apagamāya ca ||78||
1938 ed. 1.29.79
nadīnadasamudrāṃś ca kṣubhitān kaluṣodakān |
taret kalyāṇalābhāya vyādher apagamāya ca ||79||
1938 ed. 1.29.80
urago vā jalauko vā bhramaro vā'pi yaṃ daśet |
ārogyaṃ nirdiśettasya dhanalābhaṃ ca buddhimān ||80||
1938 ed. 1.29.81
evaṃ rūpāñ śubhān svapnān yaḥ paśyedvyādhito naraḥ |
sa dīrghāyur iti jñeyas tasmai karma samācaret ||81||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne
viparītāviparītasvapnanidarśanīyo nāmaikonatriṃśattamo
'dhyāyaḥ ||29||
1938 ed. 1.30.1
athātaḥ pañcendriyārthavipratipattim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ
||
1938 ed. 1.30.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.30.3
śarīraśīlayor yasya prakṛter vikṛtir bhavet |
tat tv ariṣṭaṃ samāsena, vyāsatas tu nibodha me ||3||
1938 ed. 1.30.4
śṛṇoti vividhāñ śabdān yo divyānām abhāvataḥ |
samudrapurameghānām asampattau ca niḥsvanān ||4||
1938 ed. 1.30.5
tān svanānnāvagṛhṇāti manyate cānyaśabdavat |
grāmyāraṇyasvanāṃś cāpi viparītāñ śṛṇoti ca ||5||
1938 ed. 1.30.6
dviṣacchabdeṣu ramate suhṛcchabdeṣu kupyati |
na śṛṇoti ca yo 'kasmāttaṃ bruvanti gatāyuṣam ||6||
1938 ed. 1.30.7
yas tūṣṇam iva gṛhṇāti śītamuṣṇaṃ ca śītavat |
sañjātaśītapiḍako yaś ca dāhena pīḍyate ||7||
1938 ed. 1.30.8
uṣṇagātro 'timātraṃ ca yaḥ śītena pravepate |
prahārān nābhijānāti yo 'ṅgacchedamathāpi vā ||8||
1938 ed. 1.30.9
pāṃśunevāvakīrṇāni yaś ca gātrāṇi manyate |
varṇānyatā vā rājyo vā yasya gātre bhavanti hi ||9||
1938 ed. 1.30.10
snātānuliptaṃ yaṃ cāpi bhajante nīlamakṣikāḥ
sugandhirvā'ti yo 'kasmāttaṃ bruvanti gatāyuṣam ||10||
1938 ed. 1.30.11
viparītena gṛhṇāti rasān yaś copayojitān |
upayuktāḥ kramādyasya rasā doṣābhivṛddhaye ||11||
1938 ed. 1.30.12
yasya doṣāgnisāmyaṃ ca kuryur mithyopayojitāḥ |
yo vā rasān na saṃvetti gatāsuṃ taṃ pracakṣate ||12||
1938 ed. 1.30.13
sugandhaṃ vetti durgandhaṃ durgandhasya sugandhitām |
gṛhṇīte vā'nyathā gandhaṃ śānte dīpe ca nīrujaḥ ||13||
1938 ed. 1.30.14
yo vā gandhaṃ na jānāti gatāsuṃ taṃ vinirdiśet |
dvandvānyuṣṇahimādīni kālāvasthā diśas tathā ||14||
1938 ed. 1.30.15
viparītena gṛhṇāti bhāvān anyāṃś ca yo naraḥ
divā jyotīṃṣi yaś cāpi jvalitānīva paśyati ||15||
1938 ed. 1.30.16
rātrau sūryaṃ jvalantaṃ vā divā vā candravarcasam |
ameghopaplave yaś ca śakracāpataḍidguṇān ||16||
1938 ed. 1.30.17
taḍittvato 'sitān yo vā nirmale gagane ghanān |
vimānayānaprāsādair yaś ca saṅkulamambaram ||17||
1938 ed. 1.30.18
yaś cānilaṃ mūrtimantam antarikṣaṃ ca paśyati |
dhūmanīhāravāsobhir āvṛtām iva medinīm ||18||
1938 ed. 1.30.19
pradīptam iva lokaṃ ca yo vā plutam ivāmbhasā |
bhūmim aṣṭāpadākārāṃ lekhābhir yaś ca paśyati ||19||
1938 ed. 1.30.20
na paśyati sanakṣatrāṃ yaś ca devīm arundhatīm |
dhruvam ākāśagaṅgāṃ vā taṃ vadanti gatāyuṣam ||20||
1938 ed. 1.30.21
jyotsnādarśoṣṇatoyeṣu chāyāṃ yaś ca na paśyati |
paśyaty ekāṅgahīnāṃ vā vikṛtāṃ vā'nyasattvajām ||21||
1938 ed. 1.30.22
śvakākakaṅkagṛdhrāṇāṃ pretānāṃ yakṣarakṣasām |
piśācoraganāgānāṃ bhūtānāṃ vikṛtām api ||22||
1938 ed. 1.30.23
yo vā mayūrakaṇṭhābhaṃ vidhūmaṃ vahnim īkṣate |
āturasya bhaven mṛtyuḥ svastho vyādhim avāpnuyāt ||23||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne
pañcendriyārthavipratipattirnāma triṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||30||
1938 ed. 1.31.1
athātaś chāyāvipratipattim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.31.2
yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.31.3
śyāvā lohitikā nīlā pītikā vā'pi mānavam |
abhidravanti yaṃ chāyāḥ sa parāsur asaṃśayam ||3||
1938 ed. 1.31.4
hrīr apakramate yasya prabhāsmṛtidhṛtiśriyaḥ |
akasmād yaṃ bhajante vā sa gatāsur asaṃśayam ||4||
1938 ed. 1.31.5
yasyādharauṣṭhaḥ patitaḥ kṣiptaś cordhvaṃ tathottaraḥ |
ubhau vā jāmbavābhāsau durlabhaṃ tasya jīvitam ||5||
1938 ed. 1.31.6
āraktā daśanā yasya śyāvā vā syuḥ patanti vā |
khañjanapratimā vā'pi taṃ gatāyuṣam ādiśet ||6||
1938 ed. 1.31.7
kṛṣṇā stabdhā'valiptā vā jihvā śūnā ca yasya vai |
karkaśā vā bhaved yasya so 'cirād vijahāty asūn ||7||
1938 ed. 1.31.8
kuṭilā sphuṭitā vā'pi śuṣkā vā yasya nāsikā |
avasphūrjati magnā vā na sa jīvati mānavaḥ ||8||
1938 ed. 1.31.9
saṅkṣipte viṣame stabdhe rakte sraste ca locane |
syātāṃ vā prasrute yasya sa gatāyurnaro dhruvam ||9||
1938 ed. 1.31.10
keśāḥ sīmantino yasya saṅkṣipte vinate bhruvau |
luṇḍanti cākṣipakṣmāṇi so 'cirādyāti mṛtyave ||10||
1938 ed. 1.31.11
nāharaty annam āsyasthaṃ na dhārayati yaḥ śiraḥ |
ekāgradṛṣṭir mūḍhātmā sadyaḥ prāṇān jahāti saḥ ||11||
1938 ed. 1.31.12
balavān durbalo vā'pi sammohaṃ yo 'dhigacchati |
utthāpyamāno bahuśastaṃ pakvaṃ bhiṣagādiśet ||12||
1938 ed. 1.31.13
uttānaḥ sarvadā śete pādau vikurute ca yaḥ |
viprasāraṇaśīlo vā na sa jīvati mānavaḥ ||13||
1938 ed. 1.31.14
śītapādakarocchvāsaś chinnocchvāsaś ca yo bhavet |
kākocchvāsaś ca yo martyas taṃ dhīraḥ parivarjayet ||14||
1938 ed. 1.31.15
nidrā na chidyate yasya yo vā jāgarti sarvadā |
muhyed vā vaktukāmaś ca pratyākhyeyaḥ sa jānatā ||15||
1938 ed. 1.31.16
uttarauṣṭhaṃ ca yo lihyād utkārāṃś ca karoti yaḥ |
pretair vā bhāṣate sārdhaṃ pretarūpaṃ tam ādiśet ||16||
1938 ed. 1.31.17
khebhyaḥ saromakūpebhyo yasya raktaṃ pravartate |
puruṣasyāviṣārtasya sadyo jahyāt sa jīvitam ||17||
1938 ed. 1.31.18
vātāṣṭhīlā tu hṛdaye yasyor dhvam anuyāyinī |
rujānnavidveṣakarī sa parāsur asaṃśayam ||18||
1938 ed. 1.31.19
ananyopadravakṛtaḥ śophaḥ pādasamutthitaḥ |
puruṣaṃ hanti, nārīṃ tu mukhajo guhyajo dvayam ||19||
1938 ed. 1.31.20
atisāro jvaro hikkā chardiḥ śūnāṇḍameḍhratā |
śvāsinaḥ kāsino vā'pi yasya taṃ kṣīṇam ādiśet ||20||
1938 ed. 1.31.21
svedo dāhaś ca balavān hikkā śvāsaś ca mānavam |
balavantam api prāṇair viyuñjanti na saṃśayaḥ ||21||
1938 ed. 1.31.22
śyāvā jihvā bhaved yasya savyaṃ cākṣi nimajjati |
mukhaṃ ca jāyate pūti yasya taṃ parivarjayet ||22||
1938 ed. 1.31.23
vaktramāpūryate 'śrūṇāṃ svidyataś caraṇāv ubhau |
cakṣuś cākulatāṃ yāti yamarāṣṭraṃ gamiṣyataḥ ||23||
1938 ed. 1.31.24
atimātraṃ laghūni syur gātrāṇi gurukāṇi vā |
yasyākasmāt sa vijñeyo gantā vaivasvatālayam ||24||
1938 ed. 1.31.25
paṅkamatsyavasātailaghṛtagandhāṃś ca ye narāḥ |
mṛṣṭagandhāṃś ca ye vānti gantāraste yamālayam ||25||
1938 ed. 1.31.26
yūkā lalāṭam āyānti baliṃ nāśnanti vāyasāḥ |
yeṣāṃ cāpi ratir nāsti yātāraste yamālayam ||26||
1938 ed. 1.31.27
jvarātisāraśophāḥ syur yasyānyonyāvasādinaḥ |
prakṣīṇabalamāṃsasya nāsau śakyaścikitsitam ||27||
1938 ed. 1.31.28
kṣīṇasya yasya kṣuttṛṣṇe hṛdyair miṣṭair hitais tathā |
na śāmyato 'nnapānaiś ca tasya mṛtyur upasthitaḥ ||28||
1938 ed. 1.31.29
pravāhikā śiraḥśūlaṃ koṣṭhaśūlaṃ ca dāruṇam |
pipāsā balahāniś ca tasya mṛtyur upasthitaḥ ||29||
1938 ed. 1.31.30
viṣameṇopacāreṇa karmabhiś ca purākṛtaiḥ |
anity atvāc ca jantūnāṃ jīvitaṃ nidhanaṃ vrajet ||30||
1938 ed. 1.31.31
pretā bhūtāḥ piśācāś ca rakṣāṃsi vividhāni ca |
maraṇābhimukhaṃ nityam upasarpanti mānavam ||31||
1938 ed. 1.31.32
tāni bheṣajavīryāṇi pratighnanti jighāṃsayā |
tasmān moghāḥ kriyāḥ sarvā bhavanty eva gatāyuṣām ||32||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne
chāyāvipratipattirnāmaikatriṃśattamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||31||